Quarterlytics / Utilities / Regulated Electric / Spark Energy

Spark Energy

spke · NASDAQ Utilities
Claim this profile
Ticker spke
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Utilities
Industry Regulated Electric
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Spark Energy
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2019
Annual Report

Dear Fellow Shareholders 

As we move into 2020, we are dealing with the unprecedented challenges of the 
COVID-19 pandemic. We are continuing to optimize our operations and conserve 
cash to be deployed in opportunistic transactions and core operations. Our efforts 
are focused on delivering sustainable financial results despite the effects of the 
pandemic. On behalf of everyone at Spark Energy, I want to extend my thanks to our 
customers, suppliers, and investors for their continued commitment to Spark Energy. 
We appreciate you, and we thank you for your partnership.

Sincerely, 

W. Keith Maxwell
Chairman of the Board
Interim President and CEO

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 

1934 

         TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 

ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.
 OR

For the transition period from          to          

Commission File Number: 001-36559

Spark Energy, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

12140 Wickchester Ln, Suite 100
Houston, Texas 77079
(Address and zip code of principal 

executive offices) 

46-5453215
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

   (713) 600-2600

(Registrant’s telephone number, including
area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbols

Name of exchange on which

registered

Class A common stock, par value

$0.01 per share

8.75% Series A Fixed-to-Floating Rate
Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual 
Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share

SPKE

The NASDAQ Global Select Market

SPKEP

The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act

Yes  

  No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.

Yes  

  No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such 
reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 

Yes  

  No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that 
the registrant was required to submit such files). 

Yes 

  No 

 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller 
reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller 
reporting company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.        

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 
  Smaller reporting company 
                                                                                                                                            Emerging Growth Company 

Accelerated filer 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period 

for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

Yes 

  No 

        The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 28, 2019, the last business day 
of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, based on the closing price on that date of $11.19, was approximately 
$128 million. The registrant, solely for the purpose of this required presentation, deemed its Board of Directors and Executive 
Officers to be affiliates, and deducted their stockholdings in determining the aggregate market value.

       There were 14,379,553 shares of Class A common stock, 20,800,000 shares of Class B common stock and 3,670,144 shares 
of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of March 3, 2020.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

   Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated 
by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

  
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Items 1 & 2.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.
Item 7.

Item 7A.
Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.
Item 9B.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Item 15.
Item 16.

Business and Properties
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

PART I

PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Stock Performance Graph
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations
Overview
Drivers of Our Business
Non-GAAP Performance Measures
Consolidated Results of Operations
Operating Segment Results
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash Flows
Summary of Contractual Obligations
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Related Party Transactions
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Contingencies
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

PART III

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
PART IV

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

SIGNATURES

Page No.

5
18
36
36
36

37

37
39
40

40
40
45
48
51
53
54
57
57
58
58
60
61
63
63
117

117
117

118
118
118

119

119

120

126

 
 
 
 
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a 
number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. These forward-looking statements within 
the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) can be identified by the use of forward-looking 
terminology including “may,” “should,” “likely,” “will,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “continue,” 
“plan,” “intend,” “project,” or other similar words. All statements, other than statements of historical fact included 
in this Annual Report, regarding strategy, future operations, financial position, estimated revenues and losses, 
projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives and beliefs of management are forward-looking statements. Forward-
looking statements appear in a number of places in this Annual Report and may include statements about business 
strategy and prospects for growth, customer acquisition costs, legal proceedings, ability to pay cash dividends, cash 
flow generation and liquidity, availability of terms of capital, competition and government regulation and general 
economic conditions. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are 
reasonable, we cannot give any assurance that such expectations will prove correct. 

The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report are subject to risks and uncertainties. Important factors that 
could cause actual results to materially differ from those projected in the forward-looking statements include, but 
are not limited to:

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

changes in commodity prices;
the sufficiency of risk management and hedging policies and practices;
the  impact  of  extreme  and  unpredictable  weather  conditions,  including  hurricanes  and  other  natural 
disasters;
federal,  state  and  local  regulations,  including  the  industry's  ability  to  address  or  adapt  to  potentially 
restrictive new regulations that may be enacted by public utility commissions;
our ability to borrow funds and access credit markets;
restrictions in our debt agreements and collateral requirements; 
credit risk with respect to suppliers and customers; 
changes in costs to acquire customers as well as actual attrition rates; 
accuracy of billing systems; 
our ability to successfully identify, complete, and efficiently integrate acquisitions into our operations;
significant changes in, or new changes by, the independent system operators (“ISOs”) in the regions we 
operate;
competition; and
the “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report, and in our quarterly reports, other public filings and press 
releases.  

You should review the Risk Factors in Item 1A of Part I and other factors noted throughout or incorporated by 
reference in this Annual Report that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in any 
forward-looking statement. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. Unless 
required by law, we disclaim any obligation to publicly update or revise these statements whether as a result of new 
information, future events or otherwise. It is not possible for us to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of 
all factors on the business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to 
differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

4

PART I.   

Items 1 & 2. Business and Properties

General 

We are an independent retail energy services company founded in 1999 and are organized as a Delaware 
corporation that provides residential and commercial customers in competitive markets across the United States 
with an alternative choice for their natural gas and electricity. We purchase our electricity and natural gas supply 
from a variety of wholesale providers and bill our customers monthly for the delivery of electricity and natural gas 
based on their consumption at either a fixed or variable price. Electricity and natural gas are then distributed to our 
customers by local regulated utility companies through their existing infrastructure. 

Our business consists of two operating segments:

•  Retail Electricity Segment. In this segment, we purchase electricity supply through physical and financial 
transactions with market counterparties and ISOs and supply electricity to residential and commercial 
consumers pursuant to fixed-price and variable-price contracts. 

•  Retail Natural Gas Segment. In this segment, we purchase natural gas supply through physical and financial 
transactions with market counterparties and supply natural gas to residential and commercial consumers 
pursuant to fixed-price and variable-price contracts.

Our Operations 

As of December 31, 2019, we operated in 94 utility service territories across 19 states and the District of Columbia 
and had approximately 672,000 residential customer equivalents (“RCEs”). An RCE is an industry standard 
measure of natural gas or electricity usage with each RCE representing annual consumption of 100 MMBtu of 
natural gas or 10 MWh of electricity. We serve natural gas customers in fifteen states (Arizona, California, 
Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Nevada, New Jersey, New 
York, Ohio and Pennsylvania) and electricity customers in twelve states (Connecticut, Delaware, Illinois, Maine, 
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Texas) and the District 
of Columbia using seven brands (Electricity Maine, Electricity N.H., Major Energy, Provider Power Mass, Respond 
Power, Spark Energy, and Verde Energy).

Customer Contracts and Product Offerings 

Fixed and variable-price contracts 

We offer a variety of fixed-price and variable-price service options to our natural gas and electricity customers. 
Under our fixed-price service options, our customers purchase natural gas and electricity at a fixed price over the 
life of the customer contract, which provides our customers with protection against increases in natural gas and 
electricity prices. Our fixed-price contracts typically have a term of one to two years for residential customers and 
up to three years for commercial customers, and most provide for an early termination fee in the event that the 
customer terminates service prior to the expiration of the contract term. In a typical market, we offer fixed-price 
electricity plans for 6, 12 and 24 months and fixed-price natural gas plans from 12 to 24 months, which may or may 
not provide for a monthly service fee and/or a termination fee, depending on the market and customer type. Our 
variable-price service options carry a month-to-month term and are priced based on our forecasts of underlying 
commodity prices and other market factors, including the competitive landscape in the market and the regulatory 
environment, and may also include a monthly service fee depending on the market and customer type. We also offer 
variable-price natural gas and electricity plans that offer an introductory fixed price that is generally applied for a 
certain number of billing cycles, typically two billing cycles in our current markets, then switches to a variable price 
based on market conditions. Our variable plans may or may not provide for a termination fee, depending on the 
market and customer type. 

5

The fixed/variable splits of our RCEs were as follows as of December 31, 2019:

Green products and renewable energy credits 

We offer renewable and carbon neutral (“green”) products in certain markets. Green energy products are a growing 
market opportunity and typically provide increased unit margins as a result of improved customer satisfaction and 
less competition. Renewable electricity products allow customers to choose electricity sourced from wind, solar, 
hydroelectric and biofuel sources, through the purchase of renewable energy credits (“RECs”). Carbon neutral 
natural gas products give customers the option to reduce or eliminate the carbon footprint associated with their 
energy usage through the purchase of carbon offset credits. These products typically provide for fixed or variable 
prices and generally follow the terms of our other products with the added benefit of carbon reduction and reduced 
environmental impact. We currently offer renewable electricity in all of our electricity markets and carbon neutral 
natural gas in several of our gas markets. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 37% of our customers utilized 
green products. 

In addition to the RECs we purchase to satisfy our voluntary requirements under the terms of our green contracts 
with our customers, we must also purchase a specified number of RECs based on the amount of electricity we sell 
in a state in a year pursuant to individual state renewable portfolio standards. We forecast the price for the required 
RECs at the end of each month and incorporate this cost component into our customer pricing models.

Customer Acquisition and Retention

Our customer acquisition strategy consists of customer growth obtained through traditional sales channels 
complemented by customer portfolio and business acquisitions. We make decisions on how best to deploy capital 
based on a variety of factors, including cost to acquire customers, availability of opportunities and our view of 
attractive commodity pricing in particular regions.

Organic Growth

We use organic sales strategies to both maintain and grow our customer base by offering competitive pricing, price 
certainty, and/or green product offerings. We manage growth on a market-by-market basis by developing price 
curves in each of the markets we serve and comparing the market prices to the price offered by the local regulated 
utility. We then determine if there is an opportunity in a particular market based on our ability to create a 
competitive product on economic terms that provides customer value and satisfies our profitability objectives. The 
attractiveness of a product from a consumer’s standpoint is based on a variety of factors, including overall pricing, 
price stability, contract term, sources of generation and environmental impact and whether or not the contract 

6

provides for termination and other fees. Product pricing is also based on several other factors, including the cost to 
acquire customers in the market, the competitive landscape and supply issues that may affect pricing.

Once a product has been created for a particular market, we then develop a marketing campaign using a 
combination of sales channels. We identify and acquire customers through a variety of sales channels, including our 
inbound customer care call center, outbound calling, online marketing, opt-in web-based leads, email, direct mail, 
door-to-door sales, affinity programs, direct sales, brokers and consultants. For residential customers, we primarily 
use indirect sales brokers, web based solicitation, door-to-door sales, outbound calling, and other methods. For 
2019, the largest channels were outbound telemarketing, door-to-door sales, and web-based sales. For C&I 
customers, which are typically larger and have greater natural gas and electricity requirements, we typically use 
brokers or direct marketing to obtain these customers. At December 31, 2019, our customer base was 61% 
residential and 39% C&I customers. In our sales practices, we typically employ multiple vendors under short-term 
contracts and have not entered into any exclusive marketing arrangements with sales vendors. Our marketing team 
continuously evaluates the effectiveness of each customer acquisition channel and makes adjustments in order to 
achieve targeted growth and manage customer acquisition costs. We strive to maintain a disciplined approach to 
recovery of our customer acquisition costs within defined periods.

Acquisitions

We actively monitor acquisition opportunities that may arise in the domestic acquisition market, and seek to acquire 
both portfolios of customers as well as retail energy companies utilizing some combination of cash and borrowings 
under our Senior Credit Facility, the issuance of common or preferred stock, or other financing arrangements. 
Historically, our customer acquisition strategy has been executed using both third parties and through affiliated 
relationships. See “—Relationship with our Founder and Majority Shareholder” for a discussion of affiliate 
relationships. 

The following table provides a summary of our acquisitions over the past five years:

Company / Portfolio

Date Completed

RCEs

Segment

Customer Portfolio

CenStar Energy Corp.

Oasis Power Holdings, LLC

Customer Portfolio
Provider Companies (1)

Major Energy Companies (2)

Perigee Energy, LLC

Verde Companies (3)

Customer Portfolio

HIKO Energy, LLC

Customer Portfolio

Customer Portfolio

February 2015

July 2015

July 2015

September 2015

August 2016

August 2016

April 2017

July 2017

October 2017

March 2018

12,500

65,000

40,000

9,500

121,000

220,000

17,000

145,000

44,000

29,000

December 2018

35,000

May 2019

60,000

Electricity
Natural Gas
Electricity
Natural Gas
Electricity
Natural Gas

Electricity
Natural Gas
Electricity
Natural Gas
Electricity
Electricity

Electricity

Natural Gas 
Electricity
Natural Gas
Electricity
Natural Gas
Electricity

Acquisition Source
Third Party

Third Party

Affiliate

Third Party

Third Party

Affiliate

Affiliate

Third Party

Third Party

Third Party

Affiliate

Third Party

Included Electricity Maine, LLC, Electricity N.H., LLC, Provider Power Mass, LLC (collectively, the “Provider Companies”).

(1) 
(2)   Included Major Energy Services, LLC, Major Energy Electric Services, LLC, and Respond Power, LLC (collectively, the “Major Energy Companies”).
Included Verde Energy USA, Inc.; Verde Energy USA Commodities, LLC; Verde Energy USA Connecticut, LLC; Verde Energy USA DC, LLC; Verde 
(3) 
Energy USA Illinois, LLC; Verde Energy USA Maryland, LLC; Verde Energy USA Massachusetts, LLC; Verde Energy USA New Jersey, LLC; Verde 

7

Energy USA New York, LLC; Verde Energy USA Ohio, LLC; Verde Energy USA Pennsylvania, LLC; Verde Energy USA Texas Holdings, LLC; Verde 
Energy USA Trading, LLC; and Verde Energy Solutions, LLC (collectively, the “Verde Companies”).

Please see Item 9B. “Other Information” and Note 4 "Acquisitions" in the notes to our consolidated financial 
statements for a more detailed description of these acquisitions, including the purchase price, the source of funds 
and financing arrangements with our Founder and/or NG&E. Please see “Risk Factors" for a discussion of risks 
related to our acquisition strategy and ability to finance such transactions.

Retaining customers and maximizing customer lifetime value

Following the acquisition of a customer, we devote significant attention to customer retention. We have developed a 
disciplined renewal communication process, which is designed to effectively reach our customers prior to the end of 
the contract term, and employ a team dedicated to managing this renewal communications process. Customers are 
contacted in each utility prior to the expiration of the customer's contract. We may contact the customer through 
additional channels such as outbound calls or email. We also apply a proprietary evaluation and segmentation 
process to optimize value to both us and the customer. We analyze historical usage, attrition rates and consumer 
behaviors to specifically tailor competitive products that aim to maximize the total expected return from energy 
sales to a specific customer, which we refer to as customer lifetime value.

We actively monitor unit margins from energy sales. We use this information to assess the results of products and to 
guide business decisions, including whether to engage in pro-active non-renewal of lower margin customers is in 
the interest of the Company. 

Investment in ESM

In 2016, we and eREX Co., Ltd., a Japanese company, entered into a joint venture investment in eREX Spark 
Marketing Co., Ltd ("ESM"). Operations for ESM began on April 1, 2016 in connection with the deregulation of the 
Japanese power market. As part of the agreement, we made contributions of 156.4 million Japanese Yen, or $1.4 
million, for a 20% ownership interest in ESM. 

In November 2019, Spark HoldCo, LLC entered into a share purchase agreement with eREX Co., Ltd. In 
accordance with the agreement, we sold our 20% ownership interest in ESM for $8.4 million. See Note 17 "Equity 
Method Investment" for further discussion. 

Commodity Supply 

We hedge and procure our energy requirements from various wholesale energy markets, including both physical and 
financial markets, through short- and long-term contracts. Our in-house energy supply team is responsible for 
managing our commodity positions (including energy procurement, capacity, transmission, renewable energy, and 
resource adequacy requirements) within our risk management policies. We procure our natural gas and electricity 
requirements at various trading hubs, city-gates and load zones. When we procure commodities at trading hubs, we 
are responsible for delivery to the applicable local regulated utility for distribution. 

In most markets, we hedge our electricity exposure with financial products and then purchase the physical power 
directly from the ISO for delivery. Alternatively, we may use physical products to hedge our electricity exposure 
rather than buying physical electricity in the day-ahead market from the ISO. During the year ended December 31, 
2019, we transacted physical and financial settlement of electricity with approximately 13 suppliers.

We are assessed monthly for ancillary charges such as reserves and capacity in the electricity sector by the ISOs. 
For example, the ISOs will charge all retail electricity providers for monthly reserves that the ISO determines are 
necessary to protect the integrity of the grid. We attempt to estimate such amounts, but they are difficult to estimate 
because they are charged in arrears by the ISOs and are subject to fluctuations based on weather and other market 

8

conditions. Many of the utilities we serve also allocate natural gas transportation and storage assets to us as a part of 
their competitive choice program. We are required to fill our allocated storage capacity with natural gas, which 
creates commodity supply and price risk. Sometimes we cannot hedge the volumes associated with these assets 
because they are too small compared to the much larger bulk transaction volumes required for trades in the 
wholesale market or it is not economically feasible to do so.

We periodically adjust our portfolio of purchase/sale contracts in the wholesale natural gas market based upon 
continual analysis of our forecasted load requirements. Natural gas is then delivered to the local regulated utility 
city-gate or other specified delivery point where the local regulated utility takes control of the natural gas and 
delivers it to individual customer locations. Additionally, we hedge our natural gas price exposure with financial 
products. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we transacted physical and financial settlements of natural gas 
with approximately 70 wholesale counterparties.

We also enter into back-to-back wholesale transactions to optimize our credit lines with third-party energy 
suppliers. With each of our third-party energy suppliers, we have certain contracted credit lines, within which we 
are able to purchase energy supply from these counterparties. If we desire to purchase supply beyond these credit 
limits, we are required to post collateral in the form of either cash or letters of credit. As we begin to approach the 
limits of our credit line with one supplier, we may purchase energy supply from another supplier and sell that 
supply to the original counterparty in order to reduce our net position with that counterparty and open up additional 
credit to procure supply in the future. Our sales of gas pursuant to these activities also enable us to optimize our 
credit lines with third-party energy suppliers by decreasing our net buy position with those suppliers.

Asset Optimization 

Part of our business includes asset optimization activities in which we identify opportunities in the wholesale 
natural gas markets in conjunction with our retail procurement and hedging activities. Many of the competitive 
pipeline choice programs in which we participate require us and other retail energy suppliers to take assignment of 
and manage natural gas transportation and storage assets upstream of their respective city-gate delivery points. In 
our allocated storage assets, we are obligated to buy and inject gas in the summer season (April through October) 
and sell and withdraw gas during the winter season (November through March). These injection and purchase 
obligations require us to take a seasonal long position in natural gas. Our asset optimization group determines 
whether market conditions justify hedging these long positions through additional derivative transactions. We also 
contract with third parties for transportation and storage capacity in the wholesale market and are responsible for 
reservation and demand charges attributable to both our allocated and third-party contracted transportation and 
storage assets. Our asset optimization group utilizes these allocated and third-party transportation and storage assets 
in a variety of ways to either improve profitability or optimize supply-side counterparty credit lines. 

We frequently enter into spot market transactions in which we purchase and sell natural gas at the same point or we 
purchase natural gas at one location and ship it using our pipeline capacity for sale at another location, if we are 
able to capture a margin. We view these spot market transactions as low risk because we enter into the buy and sell 
transactions on a back-to-back basis. We also act as an intermediary for market participants who need assistance 
with short-term procurement requirements. Consumers and suppliers contact us with a need for a certain quantity of 
natural gas to be bought or sold at a specific location. When this occurs, we are able to use our contacts in the 
wholesale market to source the requested supply and capture a margin in these transactions. 

Our risk policies require that optimization activities be limited to back-to-back purchase and sale transactions, or 
open positions subject to aggregate net open position limits, which are not held for a period longer than two months. 
Furthermore, all additional capacity procured outside of a utility allocation of retail assets must be approved by a 
risk committee. Hedges of our firm transportation obligations are limited to two years or less and hedging of 
interruptible capacity is prohibited.

Risk Management 

9

We operate under a set of corporate risk policies and procedures relating to the purchase and sale of electricity and 
natural gas, general risk management and credit and collections functions. Our in-house energy supply team is 
responsible for managing our commodity positions (including energy, capacity, transmission, renewable energy, and 
resource adequacy requirements) within our risk management policies. We attempt to increase the predictability of 
cash flows by following our hedging strategies. 

Our risk committee has control and authority over all of our risk management activities. The risk committee 
establishes and oversees the execution of our credit risk management policy and our commodity risk policy. The 
risk management policies are reviewed at least annually by the risk management committee and such committee 
typically meets quarterly to assure that we have followed these policies. The risk committee also seeks to ensure the 
application of our risk management policies to new products that we may offer. The risk committee is comprised of 
our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, who meet on a regular basis to review the status of the 
risk management activities and positions. Our risk team reports directly to our Chief Financial Officer and their 
compensation is unrelated to trading activity. Commodity positions are typically reviewed and updated daily based 
on information from our customer databases and pricing information sources. The risk policy sets volumetric limits 
on intra-day and end of day long and short positions in natural gas and electricity. With respect to specific hedges, 
we have established and approved a formal delegation of authority specifying each trader's authorized volumetric 
limits based on instrument type, lead time (time to trade flow), fixed price volume, index price volume and tenor 
(trade flow) for individual transactions. The risk team reports to the risk committee any hedging transactions that 
exceed these delegated transaction limits. A discussion of the various risks we face in our risk management 
activities is as follows:

Commodity Price and Volumetric Risk 

Because our contracts require that we deliver full natural gas or electricity requirements to our customers and 
because our customers’ usage can be impacted by factors such as weather, we may periodically purchase more or 
less commodity than our aggregate customer volumetric needs. In buying or selling excess volumes, we may be 
exposed to commodity price volatility. In order to address the potential volumetric variability of our monthly 
deliveries for fixed-price customers, we implement various hedging strategies to attempt to mitigate our exposure. 

Our commodity risk management strategy is designed to hedge substantially all of our forecasted volumes on our 
fixed-price customer contracts, as well as a portion of the near-term volumes on our variable-price customer 
contracts. We use both physical and financial products to hedge our fixed-price exposure. The efficacy of our risk 
management program may be adversely impacted by unanticipated events and costs that we are not able to 
effectively hedge, including abnormal customer attrition and consumption, certain variable costs associated with 
electricity grid reliability, pricing differences in the local markets for local delivery of commodities, unanticipated 
events that impact supply and demand, such as extreme weather, and abrupt changes in the markets for, or 
availability or cost of, financial instruments that help to hedge commodity price. 

Variability in customer demand is primarily impacted by weather. We use utility-provided historical and/or forward 
projected customer volumes as a basis for our forecasted volumes and mitigate the risk of seasonal volume 
fluctuation for some customers by purchasing excess fixed-price hedges within our volumetric tolerances. Should 
seasonal demand exceed our weather-normalized projections, we may experience a negative impact on our financial 
results. 

From time to time, we also take further measures to reduce price risk and optimize our returns by: (i) maximizing 
the use of natural gas storage in our daily balancing market areas in order to give us the flexibility to offset 
volumetric variability arising from changes in winter demand; (ii) entering into daily swing contracts in our daily 
balancing markets over the winter months to enable us to increase or decrease daily volumes if demand increases or 
decreases; and (iii) purchasing out-of-the-money call options for contract periods with the highest seasonal 
volumetric risk to protect against steeply rising prices if our customer demands exceed our forecast. Being 
geographically diversified in our delivery areas also permits us, from time to time, to employ assets not being used 

10

 
in one area to other areas, thereby mitigating potential increased costs for natural gas that we otherwise may have 
had to acquire at higher prices to meet increased demand. 

We utilize New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX”) settled financial instruments to offset price risk associated 
with volume commitments under fixed-price contracts. The valuation for these financial instruments is calculated 
daily based on the NYMEX Exchange published closing price, and they are settled using the NYMEX Exchange’s 
published settlement price at their maturity.

Basis Risk 

We are exposed to basis risk in our operations when the commodities we hedge are sold at different delivery points 
from the exposure we are seeking to hedge. For example, if we hedge our natural gas commodity price with 
Chicago basis but physical supply must be delivered to the individual delivery points of specific utility systems 
around the Chicago metropolitan area, we are exposed to the risk that prices may differ between the Chicago 
delivery point and the individual utility system delivery points. These differences can be significant from time to 
time, particularly during extreme, unforecasted cold weather conditions. Similarly, in certain of our electricity 
markets, customers pay the load zone price for electricity, so if we purchase supply to be delivered at a hub, we may 
have basis risk between the hub and the load zone electricity prices due to local congestion that is not reflected in 
the hub price. We attempt to hedge basis risk where possible, but hedging instruments are occasionally not 
economically feasible or available in the smaller quantities that we require. 

Customer Credit Risk 

Our credit risk management policies are designed to limit customer credit exposure. Credit risk is managed through 
participation in purchase of receivables ("POR") programs in utility service territories where such programs are 
available. In these markets, we monitor the credit ratings of the local regulated utilities and the parent companies of 
the utilities that purchase our customer accounts receivable. We also periodically review payment history and 
financial information for the local regulated utilities to ensure that we identify and respond to any deteriorating 
trends. In non-POR markets, we assess the creditworthiness of new applicants, monitor customer payment activities 
and administer an active collection program. Using risk models, past credit experience and different levels of 
exposure in each of the markets, we monitor our receivable aging, bad debt forecasts and actual bad debt expenses 
and continually adjust as necessary. 

In territories where POR programs have been established, the local regulated utility purchases our receivables, and 
then becomes responsible for billing and collecting payment from the customer. In return for their assumption of 
risk, we receive slightly discounted proceeds on the receivables sold.  POR programs result in substantially all of 
our credit risk being linked to the applicable utility and not to our end-use customers in these territories. For the 
year ended December 31, 2019, approximately 67% of our retail revenues were derived from territories in which 
substantially all of our credit risk was directly linked to local regulated utility companies, all of which had 
investment grade ratings. During the same period, we paid these local regulated utilities a weighted average 
discount of approximately 0.8% of total revenues for customer credit risk. In certain of the POR markets in which 
we operate, the utilities limit their collections exposure by retaining the ability to transfer a delinquent account back 
to us for collection when collections are past due for a specified period. If our subsequent collection efforts are 
unsuccessful, we return the account to the local regulated utility for termination of service. Under these service 
programs, we are exposed to credit risk related to payment for services rendered during the time between when the 
customer is transferred to us by the local regulated utility and the time we return the customer to the utility for 
termination of service, which is generally one to two billing periods. We may also realize a loss on fixed-price 
customers in this scenario due to the fact that we will have already fully hedged the customer’s expected 
commodity usage for the life of the contract. 

In non-POR markets (and in select POR markets where we may choose to direct bill our customers), we manage 
commercial customer credit risk through a formal credit review and manage residential customer credit risk through 
a variety of procedures, which may include credit score screening, deposits and disconnection for non-payment. We 

11

also maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts, which represents our estimate of potential credit losses associated 
with accounts receivable from customers within these markets.

We assess the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts through review of an aging of customer accounts 
receivable and general economic conditions in the markets that we serve. Our bad debt expense for the year ended 
December 31, 2019 was $13.5 million, or 1.7% of retail revenues. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Drivers of Our Business—Customer Credit Risk” for a more 
detailed discussion of our bad debt expense for the year ended December 31, 2019.

We do not have high concentrations of sales volumes to individual customers. For the year ended December 31, 
2019, our largest customer accounted for 1% of total retail energy sales volume. 

Counterparty Credit Risk in Wholesale Markets

We do not independently produce natural gas and electricity and depend upon third parties for our supply, which 
exposes us to wholesale counterparty credit risk in our retail and asset optimization activities. If the counterparties 
to our supply contracts are unable to perform their obligations, we may suffer losses, including those that occur as a 
result of being unable to secure replacement supplies of natural gas or electricity on a timely or cost-effective basis 
or at all. At December 31, 2019, approximately $0.1 million of our total exposure of $3.1 million was either with a 
non-investment grade counterparty or otherwise not secured with collateral or a guarantee. 

Operational Risk

As with all companies, we are at risk from cyber-attacks (breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, 
or other malicious code or other events) that could materially adversely affect our business, or otherwise cause 
interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. We mitigate these risks through multiple layers of security controls 
including policy, hardware, and software security solutions. We also have engaged third parties to assist with both 
external and internal vulnerability scans and continually enhance awareness through employee education and 
accountability. As of December 31, 2019, we have not experienced any material loss related to cyber-attacks or 
other information security breaches.

Relationship with our Founder and Majority Shareholder

We have historically leveraged our relationship with affiliates of our founder, chairman and majority shareholder, 
W. Keith Maxwell III (our "Founder"), to execute our strategy, including sourcing acquisitions, financing, and 
operations support. Our Founder owns National Gas & Electric, LLC (“NG&E”), which was formed for the purpose 
of purchasing retail energy companies and retail customer books that may ultimately be resold to the Company. 
This relationship has afforded us access to opportunities that may not have otherwise been available to us due to our 
size and availability of capital. 

We may engage in additional transactions with NG&E in the future and expect that any such transactions would be 
funded by a combination of cash, subordinated debt, or the issuance of Class A or Class B common stock. Actual 
consideration paid for the assets would depend, among other things, on our capital structure and liquidity at the time 
of any transaction. Although we believe our Founder would be incentivized to offer us additional acquisition 
opportunities, he and his affiliates are under no obligation to do so, and we are under no obligation to buy assets 
from them. Any acquisition activity involving NG&E or any other affiliate of our Founder will be subject to 
negotiation and approval by a special committee of our Board of Directors consisting solely of independent 
directors. Please see “Risk Factors” related to acquisitions and transactions with our affiliates.

Competition 

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive. Our primary competition comes from the incumbent 
utility and other independent retail energy companies. In the electricity sector, these competitors include larger, 

12

well-capitalized energy retailers such as Calpine Energy Solutions, LLC, Constellation Energy Group, Inc., Direct 
Energy, Inc., NRG Energy, Inc., and Vistra Energy Corp. We also compete with small local retail energy providers 
in the electricity sector that are focused exclusively on certain markets. Each market has a different group of local 
retail energy providers. In the natural gas sector, our national competitors are primarily Direct Energy and 
Constellation Energy. Our national competitors generally have diversified energy platforms with multiple marketing 
approaches and broad geographic coverage similar to us. Competition in each market is based primarily on product 
offering, price and customer service. The number of competitors in our markets varies. In well-established markets 
in the Northeast and Texas we have hundreds of competitors, while in other markets the competition is limited to 
several participants. Markets that offer POR programs are generally more competitive than those markets in which 
retail energy providers bear customer credit risk. 

Our ability to compete depends on our ability to convince customers to switch to our products and services, renew 
services with customers upon expiration of their contract terms, and our ability to offer products at attractive prices. 
Many local regulated utilities and their affiliates may possess the advantages of name recognition, longer operating 
histories, long-standing relationships with their customers and access to financial and other resources, which could 
pose a competitive challenge to us. As a result of our competitors' advantages, many customers of these local 
regulated utilities may decide to stay with their longtime energy provider if they have been satisfied with their 
service in the past. In addition, competitors may choose to offer more attractive short-term pricing to increase their 
market share.

Seasonality of Our Business 

Our overall operating results fluctuate substantially on a seasonal basis depending on: (i) the geographic mix of our 
customer base; (ii) the relative concentration of our commodity mix; (iii) weather conditions, which directly 
influence the demand for natural gas and electricity and affect the prices of energy commodities; and (iv) variability 
in market prices for natural gas and electricity. These factors can have material short-term impacts on monthly and 
quarterly operating results, which may be misleading when considered outside of the context of our annual 
operating cycle. 

Our accounts payable and accounts receivable are impacted by seasonality due to the timing differences between 
when we pay our suppliers for accounts payable versus when we collect from our customers on accounts receivable. 
We typically pay our suppliers for purchases of natural gas on a monthly basis and electricity on a weekly basis. 
However, it takes approximately two months from the time we deliver the electricity or natural gas to our customers 
before we collect from our customers on accounts receivable attributable to those supplies. This timing difference 
affects our cash flows, especially during peak cycles in the winter and summer months.

Natural gas accounted for approximately 15% of our retail revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019, which 
exposes us to a high degree of seasonality in our cash flows and income earned throughout the year as a result of the 
high concentration of heating load in the winter months. We utilize a considerable amount of cash from operations 
and borrowing capacity to fund working capital, which includes inventory purchases from April through October 
each year. We sell our natural gas inventory during the months of November through March of each year. We expect 
that the significant seasonality impacts to our cash flows and income will continue in future periods. 

Regulatory Environment 

We operate in the highly regulated natural gas and electricity retail sales industry in all of our respective 
jurisdictions, and must comply with the legislation and regulations in these jurisdictions in order to maintain our 
licenses to operate. We must also comply with the applicable regulations in order to obtain the necessary licenses in 
jurisdictions in which we plan to compete. Licensing requirements vary by state, but generally involve regular, 
standardized reporting in order to maintain a license in good standing with the state commission responsible for 
regulating retail electricity and gas suppliers. We believe there is potential for changes to state legislation and 
regulatory measures addressing licensing requirements that may impact our business model in the applicable 
jurisdictions. In addition, as further discussed below, our marketing activities and customer enrollment procedures 

13

 
are subject to rules and regulations at the state and federal levels, and failure to comply with requirements imposed 
by federal and state regulatory authorities could impact our licensing in a particular market. See "Risk Factors—We 
face risks due to increasing regulation of the retail energy industry at the state level."

New York

A Low-Income Order was promulgated by the New York State Public Service Commission ("NYPSC") in 
December of 2016 (the "Low-Income Order"), and the New York State Supreme Court, Appellate Division, Third 
Department ruled in September 2017 that energy service companies ("ESCOs") must proceed with returning 
existing low-income customers to utility service and stop enrolling new low-income customers. The ESCOs have 
effectively exhausted their legal remedies to appeal this matter and must now comply with the Low-Income Order. 
ESCOs may continue serving low income customers if those customers are enrolled in fixed arrangements with 
guaranteed savings or with value add inclusions (that were entered into prior to the effective date of the Low-
Income Order) or if the ESCO receives a waiver from the NYPSC to provide low-income customers with 
guaranteed savings. The Company and its subsidiaries have been returning low-income customers to the applicable 
utilities as they have rolled off of their contracts. As of December 31, 2019, remaining low-income customers 
represent approximately 1.3% of our total RCEs in New York and 0.2% of our RCEs overall. 

In December 2019, the NYPSC issued its retail energy market reset order (the “December 2019 Reset Order”), that 
ESCOs will be required to comply with commencing early May 2020. The December 2019 Reset Order states that 
ESCOs can only enroll new residential or small nonresidential customers (mass-market customers) or renew 
existing mass-market customer contracts for gas and/or electric service only if at least one of the following 
conditions is met: (1) enrollment includes a guaranteed savings over the utility price, as reconciled on an annual 
basis; (2) enrollment is for a fixed-rate commodity product that is priced at no more than 5% greater than the 
trailing 12-month average utility supply rate; (3) enrollment is for a renewably sourced electric commodity product 
that (a) has a renewable mix that is at least 50% greater than the ESCO’s current Renewable Energy Standard (RES) 
obligation, (b) the ESCO complies with the RES locational and delivery requirements when procuring RECs or 
entering into bilateral contracts for renewable commodity supply, and (c) there is transparency of information and 
disclosures provided to the customer with respect to pricing and commodity sourcing.  In addition, by June 9, 2020, 
all New York ESCOs are directed to essentially re-apply for licenses to serve customers in New York.

We are evaluating the potential impact of the NYPSC's December 2019 Reset Order and subsequent proceedings on 
our New York operations while preparing to operate in compliance with any new requirements that may come as a 
result of any new order promulgated by the NYPSC. Given the uncertainty of the outcome of these matters and the 
final requirements that may be implemented, we are unable to predict at this time the magnitude of the long-term 
impact on our operations in New York.

Massachusetts

In October 2018, the Attorney General for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts filed suit against another ESCO 
and others alleging unfair or deceptive acts or practices in violation of a consumer protections act, breach of the 
covenant of good faith and fair dealing, and violation of the Massachusetts Telemarketing Solicitation Act. 
Contemporaneously with the filing of their complaint, the Commonwealth filed for injunctive relief seeking to 
attach purchase of receivables program revenues owed to the ESCO as possible damages. There can be no 
assurance that the Commonwealth will not pursue similar claims against other ESCOs.

Other States

Recently, certain state commissions have begun efforts to restrict the ability of retail suppliers to “pass through” 
costs to customers associated with certain changes in law or regulatory requirements. For example, on January 22, 
2019, the New Jersey Board of Public Utilities (“NJ BPU”) sent a cease and desist letter to third party suppliers 
(“TPS”) in New Jersey instructing that a TPS may not charge a customer rate that is higher than the fixed rate 
applicable during the period for which that rate was fixed. The letter notified TPS that such increases were 

14

prohibited and instructed TPS to refund customers amounts charged in excess of the applicable fixed rate. Parties 
have challenged the NJ BPU’s letter and it is not clear at this time whether refunds will be required. Similarly, the 
Connecticut Public Utilities Regulatory Authority (“PURA”) recently opened a docket after receiving complaints 
regarding increases by suppliers to certain fixed-price supplier contracts due to change in law triggers. PURA will 
consider whether suppliers’ actions constitute unfair and deceptive trade practices or otherwise violates applicable 
laws. PURA is expected to issue a declaratory ruling following its review. Depending on the outcome of these 
efforts in New Jersey and Connecticut, the Company may be required to assume costs that it otherwise would pass 
on to customers under its change in law provisions and potentially provide refunds to certain customers.

Other Regulations

Our marketing efforts to consumers, including but not limited to telemarketing, door-to-door sales, direct mail and 
online marketing, are subject to consumer protection regulation including state deceptive trade practices acts, 
Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") marketing standards, and state utility commission rules governing customer 
solicitations and enrollments, among others. By way of example, telemarketing activity is subject to federal and 
state do-not-call regulation and certain enrollment standards promulgated by state regulators. Door-to-door sales are 
governed by the FTC’s “Cooling Off” Rule as well as state-specific regulation in many jurisdictions. In markets in 
which we conduct customer credit checks, these checks are subject to the requirements of the Fair Credit Reporting 
Act. Violations of the rules and regulations governing our marketing and sales activity could impact our license to 
operate in a particular market, result in suspension or otherwise limit our ability to conduct marketing activity in 
certain markets, and potentially lead to private actions against us. Moreover, there is potential for changes to 
legislation and regulatory measures applicable to our marketing measures that may impact our business models. 

Recent interpretations of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 (the “TCPA”) by the Federal 
Communications Commission (“FCC”) have introduced confusion regarding what constitutes an “autodialer” for 
purposes of determining compliance under the TCPA. Also, additional restrictions have been placed on wireless 
telephone numbers making compliance with the TCPA more costly. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our 
Business and Our Industry—Liability under the TCPA has increased significantly in recent years, and we face risks 
if we fail to comply.”

As compliance with the federal TCPA regulations and state telemarketing regulations becomes increasingly costly 
and as door-to-door marketing becomes increasingly risky both from a regulatory compliance perspective, and from 
the risk of such activities drawing class action litigation claims, we and our peers who rely on these sales channels 
will find it more difficult than in the past to engage in direct marketing efforts. In response to these risks, we are 
experimenting with new technologies, such as a web-based application to process door-to-door sales enrollments 
with direct input by the consumer. This application can be accessed using tablets or any smart phone device, which 
enhances and expands the opportunities to market directly to customers.

Our participation in natural gas and electricity wholesale markets to procure supply for our retail customers and 
hedge pricing risk is subject to regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the "CFTC"), including 
regulation pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. In order to sell electricity, 
capacity and ancillary services in the wholesale electricity markets, we are required to have market-based rate 
authorization, also known as “MBR Authorization,” from the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ("FERC"). 
We are required to make status update filings to FERC to disclose any affiliate relationships and quarterly filings to 
FERC regarding volumes of wholesale electricity sales in order to maintain our MBR Authorization. We are also 
required to seek prior approval by FERC to the extent any direct or indirect change in control occurs with respect to 
entities that hold MBR Authorization.

The transportation and sale for resale of natural gas in interstate commerce are regulated by agencies of the U.S. 
federal government, primarily FERC under the Natural Gas Act of 1938, the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978 and 
regulations issued under those statutes. FERC regulates interstate natural gas transportation rates and service 
conditions, which affects our ability to procure natural gas supply for our retail customers and hedge pricing risk. 
Since 1985, FERC has endeavored to make natural gas transportation more accessible to natural gas buyers and 
sellers on an open and non-discriminatory basis. FERC’s orders do not attempt to directly regulate natural gas retail 
15

sales. As a shipper of natural gas on interstate pipelines, we are subject to those interstate pipelines' tariff 
requirements and FERC regulations and policies applicable to shippers. 

Changes in law and to FERC policies and regulations may adversely affect the availability and reliability of firm 
and/or interruptible transportation service on interstate pipelines, and we cannot predict what future action FERC 
will take. We do not believe, however, that any regulatory changes will affect us in a way that materially differs 
from the way they will affect other natural gas marketers and local regulated utilities with which we compete.

In December 2007, FERC issued Order 704, a final rule on the annual natural gas transaction reporting 
requirements, as amended by subsequent orders on rehearing. Under Order 704, wholesale buyers and sellers of 
more than 2.2 million MMBtus of physical natural gas in the previous calendar year, including natural gas gatherers 
and marketers, are required to report, on May 1 of each year, aggregate volumes of natural gas purchased or sold at 
wholesale in the prior calendar year to the extent such transactions utilize, contribute to, or may contribute to the 
formation of price indices. It is the responsibility of the reporting entity to determine which individual transactions 
should be reported based on the guidance of Order 704. Order 704 also requires market participants to indicate 
whether they report prices to any index publishers, and if so, whether their reporting complies with FERC’s policy 
statement on price reporting. As a wholesale buyer and seller of natural gas, we are subject to the reporting 
requirements of Order 704. 

Employees 

We employed 164 people as of December 31, 2019, none of which were subject to any collective bargaining 
agreements. We have not experienced any strikes or work stoppages and consider our relations with our employees 
to be satisfactory. We also utilize the services of independent contractors and vendors to perform various services. 

Facilities 

Our corporate headquarters is located in Houston, Texas, and we also maintain an office in Orangeburg, New York.

16

Available Information

Our website is located at www.sparkenergy.com. We make available our periodic reports and other information filed 
with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including our annual reports on Form 
10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, 
free of charge through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are 
electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Any materials filed with the SEC may be read and copied at the 
SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

17

Item 1A. Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the risks described below together with the other information contained in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. If any of the risks below were to occur, our business, financial condition, cash flows, 
results of operation and ability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock could 
be adversely impacted, and the price of the Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock could decline and 
you could lose your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We are subject to commodity price risk. 

Our financial results are largely dependent on the prices at which we can acquire the commodities we resell. The 
prevailing market prices for natural gas and electricity have historically, and may continue to fluctuate substantially 
over relatively short periods of time. Changes in market prices for natural gas and electricity may result from many 
factors that are outside of our control, including: 

—  weather conditions; 
—  seasonality; 
—  demand for energy commodities and general economic conditions; 
—   disruption of natural gas or electricity transmission or transportation infrastructure or other constraints or 

inefficiencies; 

—  reduction or unavailability of generating capacity, including temporary outages, mothballing, or 

retirements; 

—   the level of prices and availability of natural gas and competing energy sources, including the impact of 

changes in environmental regulations impacting suppliers; 

—  the creditworthiness or bankruptcy or other financial distress of market participants; 
—   changes in market liquidity; 
—   natural disasters, wars, embargoes, acts of terrorism and other catastrophic events; 
—   significant changes in the pricing methods in the wholesale markets in which we operate; 
—   changes in regulatory policies concerning how markets are structured, how compensation is provided for 

service, and the kinds of different services that can or must be offered;

—  federal, state, foreign and other governmental regulation and legislation; and 
—   demand side management, conservation, alternative or renewable energy sources. 

We may not be able to pass along changes to the prices we pay to acquire commodities to our customers and such 
pricing fluctuations can attract consumer class actions as well as state and federal regulatory actions.

Our financial results may be adversely impacted by weather conditions. 

Weather conditions directly influence the demand for and availability of natural gas and electricity and affect the 
prices of energy commodities. Generally, on most utility systems, demand for natural gas peaks in the winter and 
demand for electricity peaks in the summer. Typically, when winters are warmer or summers are cooler, demand for 
energy is lower than expected, resulting in less natural gas and electricity consumption than forecasted. When 
demand is below anticipated levels due to weather patterns, we may be forced to sell excess supply at prices below 
our acquisition cost, which could result in reduced margins or even losses. 

Conversely, when winters are colder or summers are warmer, consumption may outpace the volumes of natural gas 
and electricity against which we have hedged, and we may be unable to meet increased demand with storage or 
swing supply. In these circumstances, we may experience reduced margins or even losses if we are required to 
purchase additional supply at higher prices. We may fail to accurately anticipate demand due to fluctuations in 
weather or to effectively manage our supply in response to a fluctuating commodity price environment.

18

Our risk management policies and hedging procedures may not mitigate risk as planned, and we may fail to fully 
or effectively hedge our commodity supply and price risk. 

To provide energy to our customers, we purchase commodities in the wholesale energy markets, which are often 
highly volatile. Our commodity risk management strategy is designed to hedge substantially all of our forecasted 
volumes on our fixed-price customer contracts, as well as a portion of the near-term volumes on our variable-price 
customer contracts. We use both physical and financial products to hedge our exposure. The efficacy of our risk 
management program may be adversely impacted by unanticipated events and costs that we are not able to 
effectively hedge, including abnormal customer attrition and consumption, certain variable costs associated with 
electricity grid reliability, pricing differences in the local markets for local delivery of commodities, unanticipated 
events that impact supply and demand, such as extreme weather, and abrupt changes in the markets for, or 
availability or cost of, financial instruments that help to hedge commodity price. 

We are exposed to basis risk in our operations when the commodities we hedge are sold at different delivery points 
from the exposure we are seeking to hedge. For example, if we hedge our natural gas commodity price with 
Chicago basis but physical supply must be delivered to the individual delivery points of specific utility systems 
around the Chicago metropolitan area, we are exposed to basis risk between the Chicago basis and the individual 
utility system delivery points. These differences can be significant from time to time, particularly during extreme, 
unforecasted cold weather conditions. Similarly, in certain of our electricity markets, customers pay the load zone 
price for electricity, so if we purchase supply to be delivered at a hub, we may have basis risk between the hub and 
the load zone electricity prices due to local congestion that is not reflected in the hub price. We attempt to hedge 
basis risk where possible, but hedging instruments are sometimes not economically feasible or available in the 
smaller quantities that we require. 

Additionally, assumptions that we use in establishing our hedges may reduce the effectiveness of our hedging 
instruments. Considerations that may affect our hedging policies include, but are not limited to, human error, 
assumptions about customer attrition, the relationship of prices at different trading or delivery points, assumptions 
about future weather, and our load forecasting models. 

In addition, we incur costs monthly for ancillary charges such as reserves and capacity in the electricity sector by 
ISOs. For example, the ISOs will charge all retail electricity providers for monthly reserves that the ISO determines 
are necessary to protect the integrity of the grid. We attempt to estimate such amounts, but they are difficult to 
estimate because they are charged in arrears by the ISOs and are subject to fluctuations based on weather and other 
market conditions. We may be unable to fully pass the higher cost of ancillary reserves and reliability services 
through to our customers, and increases in the cost of these ancillary reserves and reliability services could 
negatively impact our results of operations. 

Many of the natural gas utilities we serve allocate a share of transportation and storage capacity to us as a part of 
their competitive market operations. We are required to fill our allocated storage capacity with natural gas, which 
creates commodity supply and price risk. Sometimes we cannot hedge the volumes associated with these assets 
because they are too small compared to the much larger bulk transaction volumes required for trades in the 
wholesale market or it is not economically feasible to do so. In some regulatory programs or under some contracts, 
this capacity may be subject to recall by the utilities, which could have the effect of us being required to access the 
spot market to cover such a recall.  

ESCOs face risks due to increased and rapidly changing regulations and increasing monetary fines by the state 
regulatory agencies.

The retail energy industry is highly regulated. Regulations may be changed or reinterpreted and new laws and 
regulations applicable to our business could be implemented in the future. To the extent that the competitive 
restructuring of retail electricity and natural gas markets is reversed, altered or discontinued, such changes could 
have a detrimental impact on our business and overall financial condition.  

19

Some states are beginning to increase their regulation of their retail electricity and natural gas markets in an effort to 
increase consumer disclosures and ensure marketing practices are not misleading to consumers. In addition, the fines 
against  ESCOs  that  regulators  are  seeking  has  increased  dramatically  in  recent  years.  For  example,  in  2015  the 
Connecticut Legislature passed legislation providing that licensed electric suppliers in Connecticut could no longer 
offer  variable  rate  products  as  Connecticut  regulators  believed  that  a  variable  rate  product  was  inappropriate  for 
residential consumers.    

In addition, in December 2019, the NYPSC issued its retail energy market reset order (the “December 2019 Reset 
Order”), that ESCOs will be required to comply with commencing early May 2020.  The December 2019 Reset Order 
states that ESCOs can only enroll new residential or small nonresidential customers (mass-market customers) or renew 
existing mass-market customer contracts for gas and/or electric service only if at least one of the following conditions 
is met: (1) enrollment includes a guaranteed savings over the utility price, as reconciled on an annual basis; (2) enrollment 
is for a fixed-rate commodity product that is priced at no more than 5% greater than the trailing 12-month average 
utility supply rate; (3) enrollment is for a renewably sourced electric commodity product that (a) has a renewable mix 
that is at least 50% greater than the ESCO’s current Renewable Energy Standard (RES) obligation, (b) the ESCO 
complies with the RES locational and delivery requirements when procuring Renewable Energy Credits (RECs) or 
entering into bilateral contracts for renewable commodity supply, and (c) there is transparency of information and 
disclosures provided to the customer with respect to pricing and commodity sourcing.  In addition, by June 9, 2020, 
all New York ESCOs are directed to essentially re-apply for licenses to serve customers in New York.
We are evaluating the potential impact of the NYPSC's December 2019 Reset Order and subsequent proceedings on 
our New York operations while preparing to operate in compliance with any new requirements that may come as a 
result of any new order promulgated by the NYPSC. Given the uncertainty of the outcome of these matters and the 
final requirements that may be implemented, we are unable to predict at this time the magnitude of the long-term 
impact on our operations in New York.

Prior to the December 2019 Reset Order, the NYPSC implemented a low-income order that required ESCOs to return 
existing low-income customers to utility service and stop enrolling new low-income customers unless customers are 
enrolled in fixed arrangements with guaranteed savings or with value add inclusions (that were entered into prior to 
the effective date of the low-income order) or if the ESCO receives a waiver from the NYPSC to provide low-income 
customers with guaranteed savings. As a result of the low-income order, we have been dropping low-income customers 
back to the applicable utilities as they have rolled off of their contracts. As of December 31, 2019, remaining low-
income customers represent approximately 1.3% of our total RCEs in New York and 0.2% of our RCEs overall.  There 
can be no assurance that the NYPSC or state regulatory agencies to which we are subject will not continue trying to 
implement restrictive anti-competitive regulations on us.

On October 15, 2018, the Attorney General for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts filed suit against another ESCO 
and  others  alleging  unfair  or  deceptive  acts  or  practices  in  violation  of  a  consumer  protections  act,  breach  of  the 
covenant  of  good  faith  and  fair  dealing,  and  violation  of  the  Massachusetts  Telemarketing  Solicitation  Act. 
Contemporaneously with the filing of their complaint, the Commonwealth filed for injunctive relief seeking to attach 
purchase of receivables program revenues owed to the ESCO as possible damages. There can be no assurance that the 
Commonwealth will not pursue similar claims against other ESCOs.

Recently, certain state commissions have begun efforts to restrict the ability of retail suppliers to “pass through” costs 
to customers associated with certain changes in law or regulatory requirements. For example, on January 22, 2019, 
the New Jersey Board of Public Utilities ("NJ BPU") sent a cease and desist letter to third party suppliers ("TPS") in 
New Jersey instructing that a TPS may not charge a customer rate that is higher than the fixed rate applicable during 
the period for which that rate was fixed.  The letter notified TPS that such increases were prohibited and instructed 
TPS to refund customers amounts charged in excess of the applicable fixed rate.  Parties have challenged the NJ BPU’s 
letter and it is not clear at this time whether refunds will be required.  Similarly, the Connecticut Public Utilities 
Regulatory Authority ("PURA") recently opened a docket after receiving complaints regarding increases by suppliers 
to certain fixed-price supplier contracts due to change in law triggers. PURA will consider whether suppliers’ actions 
constitute  unfair  and  deceptive  trade  practices  or  otherwise  violate  applicable  laws.  PURA  is  expected  to  issue  a 
declaratory ruling following its review. Depending on the outcome of these efforts in New Jersey and Connecticut, 

20

the Company may be required to assume costs that it otherwise would pass on to customers under its change in law 
provisions and potentially provide refunds to certain customers.   

The retail energy business is subject to a high level of federal, state and local regulations, which are subject to 
change.

Our costs of doing business may fluctuate based on changing state, federal and local rules and regulations. For 
example, many electricity markets have rate caps, and changes to these rate caps by regulators can impact future 
price exposure. Similarly, regulatory changes can result in new fees or charges that may not have been anticipated 
when existing retail contracts were drafted, which can create financial exposure. Our ability to manage cost 
increases that result from regulatory changes will depend, in part, on how the “change in law provisions” of our 
contracts are interpreted and enforced, among other factors. 

Liability under the TCPA has increased significantly in recent years, and we face risks if we fail to comply.

Our outbound telemarketing efforts and use of mobile messaging to communicate with our customers subjects us to 
regulation under the TCPA. Over the last several years, companies have been subject to significant liabilities as a 
result of violations of the TCPA, including penalties, fines and damages under class action lawsuits. In addition, the 
increased use by us and other consumer retailers of mobile messaging to communicate with our customers has 
created new issues of application of the TCPA to these communications. In 2015, the Federal Communications 
Commission issued several rulings that made compliance with the TCPA more difficult and costly. Our failure to 
effectively monitor and comply with our activities that are subject to the TCPA could result in significant penalties 
and the adverse effects of having to defend and ultimately suffer liability in a class action lawsuit related to such 
non-compliance.

We are also subject to liability under the TCPA for actions of our third party vendors who are engaging in outbound 
telemarketing efforts on our behalf. The issue of vicarious liability for the actions of third parties in violation of the 
TCPA remains unclear and has been the subject of conflicting precedent in the federal appellate courts. There can be 
no assurance that we may be subject to significant damages as a result of a class action lawsuit for actions of our 
vendors that we may not be able to control. 

We are, and in the future may become, involved in legal and regulatory proceedings and, as a result, may incur 
substantial costs.

We are subject to lawsuits, claims and regulatory proceeds arising in the ordinary course of our business from time 
to time, including several purported class action lawsuits involving sales practices, telemarketing and TCPA claims, 
as well as contract disclosure claims and breach of contract claims. These are in various stages and are subject to 
substantial uncertainties concerning the outcome.

A negative outcome for any of these matters could result in significant damages. Litigation may also negatively 
impact us by requiring us to pay substantial settlements, increasing our legal costs, diverting management attention 
from other business issues or harming our reputation with customers.

For additional information regarding the nature and status of certain proceedings, see Note 14 "Commitments and 
Contingencies" to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Our business is dependent on retaining licenses in the markets in which we operate. 

Our business model is dependent on continuing to be licensed in existing markets. We may have a license revoked 
or not be granted a renewal of a license, or our license could be adversely conditioned or modified (e.g., by 
increased bond posting obligations). For example, recently, an ESCO was banned by the Public Utilities 
Commission of Ohio from operating in Ohio for five years in response to allegations that it has misleading and 
deceptive marketing practices and charged customers four times the rate as compared to other electricity and gas 
suppliers. 

21

We may be subject to risks in connection with acquisitions, which could cause us to fail to realize many of the 
anticipated benefits of such acquisitions.

We have grown our business in part through strategic acquisition opportunities from third parties and from affiliates 
of our majority shareholder and may continue to do so in the future. Achieving the anticipated benefits of these 
transactions depends in part upon our ability to identify accretive acquisition targets, accurately assess the benefits 
and risks of the acquisition prior to undertaking it, and the ability to integrate the acquired businesses in an efficient 
and effective manner. When we identify an acquisition candidate, there is a risk that we may be unable to negotiate 
terms that are beneficial to us. Additionally, even if we identify an accretive acquisition target, the successful 
acquisition of that business requires estimating anticipated cash flow and accretive value, evaluating potential 
regulatory challenges, retaining customers and assuming liabilities. The accuracy of these estimates is inherently 
uncertain and our assumptions may turn out to be incorrect.

Furthermore, when we make an acquisition, we may not be able to accomplish the integration process smoothly or 
successfully. The difficulties of integrating acquisitions can include, among other things:

– 

coordinating geographically separate organizations and addressing possible differences in corporate cultures 
and management philosophies;

–  dedicating significant management resources to the integration of the acquisition, which may temporarily 

– 

distract management's attention from the day-to-day business of the combined company;
increased liquidity needs to support working capital for the purchase of natural gas and electricity supply to 
meet our customers’ needs, for the credit requirements of forward physical supply and for generally higher 
operating expenses;

–  operating in states and markets where we have not previously conducted business;
–  managing different and competing brands and retail strategies in the same markets;
– 

coordinating customer information and billing systems and determining how to optimize those systems on a 
consolidated level;

–  ensuring our hedging strategy adequately covers a customer base that is managed through multiple systems;
– 
– 

successfully recognizing expected cost savings and other synergies in overlapping functions; and
incurring the responsibility and cost to defend and settle regulatory and litigation matters stemming from 
the acquired company’s pre-acquisition sales and marketing activities, which may not be covered by 
indemnification.

In many of our acquisition agreements, we are entitled to indemnification from the counterparty for various matters, 
including breaches of representations, warranties and covenants, tax matters, and litigation proceedings. We 
generally obtain security to provide assurances that the counterparty could perform its indemnification obligations, 
which may be in the form of escrow accounts, payment withholding or other methods. However, to the extent that 
we do not obtain security, or the security turns out to be inadequate, there is a risk that the counterparty may fail to 
perform on its indemnification obligations, which could result in the losses being incurred by us.

Our ability to grow at levels experienced historically may be constrained if the market for acquisition candidates is 
limited and we are unable to make acquisitions of portfolios of customers and retail energy companies on 
commercially reasonable terms. 

Pursuant to our cash dividend policy, we distribute a significant portion of our cash through regular quarterly 
dividends, and our ability to grow and make acquisitions with cash on hand could be limited.

Pursuant to our cash dividend policy, we have historically distributed and intend in the future to distribute, a 
significant portion of our cash through regular quarterly dividends to holders of our Class A common stock and 
dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock. As such, our growth may not be as fast as that of businesses that reinvest 
their available cash to expand ongoing operations, and we may have to rely upon external financing sources, 
including the issuance of debt, equity securities, convertible subordinated notes and borrowings under our Senior 

22

Credit Facility and Subordinated Facility. These sources may not be available, and our ability to grow and maintain 
our business may be limited.

We may not be able to manage our growth successfully.

The growth of our operations will depend upon our ability to expand our customer base in our existing markets and 
to enter new markets in a timely manner at reasonable costs, organically or through acquisitions. In order for us to 
recover expenses incurred in entering new markets and obtaining new customers, we must attract and retain 
customers on economic terms and for extended periods. We may experience difficulty managing our growth and 
implementing new product offerings, integrating new customers and employees, and complying with applicable 
market rules and the infrastructure for product delivery. 

Expanding our operations also may require continued development of our operating and financial controls and may 
place additional stress on our management and operational resources. We may be unable to manage our growth and 
development successfully.

Our financial results fluctuate on a seasonal, quarterly and annual basis. 

Our overall operating results fluctuate substantially on a seasonal, quarterly and annual basis depending on: (1) the 
geographic mix of our customer base; (2) the relative concentration of our commodity mix; (3) weather conditions, 
which directly influence the demand for natural gas and electricity and affect the prices of energy commodities; and 
(4) variability in market prices for natural gas and electricity. These factors can have material short-term impacts on 
monthly and quarterly operating results, which may be misleading when considered outside of the context of our 
annual operating cycle. In addition, our accounts payable and accounts receivable are impacted by seasonality due 
to the timing differences between when we pay our suppliers for accounts payable versus when we collect from our 
customers on accounts receivable. We typically pay our suppliers for purchases of natural gas on a monthly basis 
and electricity on a weekly basis. However, it takes approximately two months from the time we deliver the 
electricity or natural gas to our customers before we collect from our customers on accounts receivable attributable 
to those supplies. This timing difference could affect our cash flows, especially during peak cycles in the winter and 
summer months. Furthermore, as a result of the seasonality of our business, we may reserve a portion of our excess 
cash available for distribution in the first and fourth quarters in order to fund our second and third quarter 
distributions. 

Additionally, we enter into a variety of financial derivative and physical contracts to manage commodity price risk, 
and we use mark-to-market accounting to account for this hedging activity. Under the mark-to-market accounting 
method, changes in the fair value of our hedging instruments that are not qualifying or not designated as hedges 
under accounting rules are recognized immediately in earnings. As a result of this accounting treatment, changes in 
the forward prices of natural gas and electricity cause volatility in our quarterly and annual earnings, which we are 
unable to fully anticipate. 

We could also incur volatility from quarter to quarter associated with gains and losses on settled hedges relating to 
natural gas held in inventory if we choose to hedge the summer-winter spread on our retail allocated storage 
capacity. We typically purchase natural gas inventory and store it from April to October for withdrawal from 
November through March. Since a portion of the inventory is used to satisfy delivery obligations to our fixed-price 
customers over the winter months, we hedge the associated price risk using derivative contracts. Any gains or losses 
associated with settled derivative contracts are reflected in the statement of operations as a component of retail cost 
of sales and net asset optimization. 

We may have difficulty retaining our existing customers or obtaining a sufficient number of new customers, due 
to competition and for other reasons.

The markets in which we compete are highly competitive, and we may face difficulty retaining our existing 
customers or obtaining new customers due to competition. We encounter significant competition from local 
regulated utilities or their retail affiliates and traditional and new retail energy providers. Many of these competitors 

23

or potential competitors are larger than us, have access to more significant capital resources, have more well-
established brand names and have larger existing installed customer bases.  

Additionally, existing customers may switch to other retail energy service providers during their contract terms in 
the event of a significant decrease in the retail price of natural gas or electricity in order to obtain more favorable 
prices. Although we generally have a right to collect a termination fee from each customer on a fixed-price contract 
who terminates their contract early, we may not be able to collect the termination fees in full or at all. Our variable-
price contracts can typically be terminated by our customers at any time without penalty. We may be unable to 
obtain new customers or maintain our existing customers due to competition or otherwise.

Increased collateral requirements in connection with our supply activities may restrict our liquidity.

Our contractual agreements with certain local regulated utilities and our supplier counterparties require us to 
maintain restricted cash balances or letters of credit as collateral for credit risk or the performance risk associated 
with the future delivery of natural gas or electricity. These collateral requirements may increase as we grow our 
customer base. Collateral requirements will increase based on the volume or cost of the commodity we purchase in 
any given month and the amount of capacity or service contracted for with the local regulated utility. Significant 
changes in market prices also can result in fluctuations in the collateral that local regulated utilities or suppliers 
require. 

The effectiveness of our operations and future growth depend in part on the amount of cash and letters of credit 
available to enter into or maintain these contracts. The cost of these arrangements may be affected by changes in 
credit markets, such as interest rate spreads in the cost of financing between different levels of credit ratings. These 
liquidity requirements may be greater than we anticipate or are able to meet. 

We are subject to direct credit risk for certain customers who may fail to pay their bills as they become due. 

We bear direct credit risk related to customers located in markets that have not implemented POR programs as well 
as indirect credit risk in those POR markets that pass collection efforts along to us after a specified non-payment 
period. For the year ended December 31, 2019, customers in non-POR markets represented approximately 33% of 
our retail revenues. We generally have the ability to terminate contracts with customers in the event of non-
payment, but in most states in which we operate we cannot disconnect their natural gas or electricity service. In 
POR markets where the local regulated utility has the ability to return non-paying customers to us after specified 
periods, we may realize a loss for one to two billing periods until we can terminate these customers’ contracts. We 
may also realize a loss on fixed-price customers in this scenario due to the fact that we will have already fully 
hedged the customer’s expected commodity usage for the life of the contract and we also remain liable to our 
suppliers of natural gas and electricity for the cost of our supply commodities. Furthermore, in the Texas market, we 
are responsible for billing the distribution charges for the local regulated utility and are at risk for these charges, in 
addition to the cost of the commodity, in the event customers fail to pay their bills. Changing economic factors, 
such as rising unemployment rates and energy prices also result in a higher risk of customers being unable to pay 
their bills when due. 

We depend on the accuracy of data in our information management systems, which subjects us to risks. 

We depend on the accuracy and timeliness of our information management systems for billing, collections, 
consumption and other important data. We rely on many internal and external sources for this information, 
including:

—  our marketing, pricing and customer operations functions; and 
—   various local regulated utilities and ISOs for volume or meter read information, certain billing rates and 

billing types (e.g., budget billing) and other fees and expenses. 

24

Inaccurate or untimely information, which may be outside of our direct control, could result in: 

—   inaccurate and/or untimely bills sent to customers; 
—  incorrect tax remittances; 
—   reduced effectiveness and efficiency of our operations;
—   inability to adequately hedge our portfolio; 
—   increased overhead costs; 
—   inaccurate accounting and reporting of customer revenues, gross margin and accounts receivable activity; 
—  inaccurate measurement of usage rates, throughput and imbalances; 
—   customer complaints; and 
—   increased regulatory scrutiny. 

We are also subject to disruptions in our information management systems arising out of events beyond our control, 
such as natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics, failures in hardware or software, power fluctuations, 
telecommunications and other similar disruptions. In addition, our information management systems may be 
vulnerable to computer viruses, incursions by intruders or hackers and cyber terrorists and other similar disruptions. 
A cyber-attack on our information management systems could severely disrupt business operations, preventing us 
from billing and collecting revenues, and could result in significant expenses to investigate and repair security 
breaches or system damage, lead to litigation, fines, other remedial action, heightened regulatory scrutiny, 
diminished customer confidence and damage to our reputation. Although we maintain cyber-liability insurance that 
covers certain damage caused by cyber events, it may not be sufficient to cover us in all circumstances.

Our success depends on key members of our management, the loss of whom could disrupt our business 
operations. 

We depend on the continued employment and performance of key management personnel. A number of our senior 
executives have substantial experience in consumer and energy markets that have undergone regulatory 
restructuring and have extensive risk management and hedging expertise. We believe their experience is important 
to our continued success. We do not maintain key life insurance policies for our executive officers. Our key 
executives may not continue in their present roles and may not be adequately replaced.

We rely on third party vendors for our customer billing and transactions platform that exposes us to third party 
performance risk. 

We have outsourced our back office customer billing and transactions platforms to third party vendors, and we rely 
heavily on the continued performance of the vendors under our current outsourcing agreement. Our vendors may 
fail to operate in accordance with the terms of the outsourcing agreement or a bankruptcy or other event may 
prevent it from performing under our outsourcing agreement.

A large portion of our current customers are concentrated in a limited number of states, making us vulnerable to 
customer concentration risks.

As of December 31, 2019, approximately 59% of our RCEs were located in five states. Specifically, 16%, 12%, 
12%, 10% and 9% of our customers on an RCE basis were located in NY, MA, PA, CT and TX, respectively. If we 
are unable to increase our market share across other competitive markets or enter into new competitive markets 
effectively, we may be subject to continued or greater customer concentration risk. The states that contain a large 
percentage of our customers could reverse regulatory restructuring or change the regulatory environment in a 
manner that causes us to be unable to operate economically in that state.

25

Increases in state renewable portfolio standards or an increase in the cost of renewable energy credit and carbon 
offsets may adversely impact the price, availability and marketability of our products. 

Pursuant to state renewable portfolio standards, we must purchase a specified amount of RECs based on the amount 
of electricity we sell in a state in a year. In addition, we have contracts with certain customers that require us to 
purchase RECs or carbon offsets. If a state increases its renewable portfolio standards, the demand for RECs within 
that state will increase and therefore the market price for RECs could increase. We attempt to forecast the price for 
the required RECs and carbon offsets at the end of each month and incorporate this forecast into our customer 
pricing models, but the price paid for RECs and carbon offsets may be higher than forecasted. We may be unable to 
fully pass the higher cost of RECs through to our customers, and increases in the price of RECs may decrease our 
results of operations and affect our ability to compete with other energy retailers that have not contracted with 
customers to purchase RECs or carbon offsets. Further, a price increase for RECs or carbon offsets may require us 
to decrease the renewable portion of our energy products, which may result in a loss of customers. A further 
reduction in benefits received by local regulated utilities from production tax credits in respect of renewable energy 
may adversely impact the availability to us, and marketability by us, of renewable energy under our brands.

Our access to marketing channels may be contingent upon the viability of our telemarketing and door-to-door 
agreements with our vendors. 

Our vendors are essential to our telemarketing and door-to-door sales activities. Our ability to increase revenues in 
the future will depend significantly on our access to high quality vendors. If we are unable to attract new vendors 
and retain existing vendors to achieve our marketing targets, our growth may be materially reduced. There can be 
no assurance that competitive conditions will allow these vendors and their independent contractors to continue to 
successfully sign up new customers. Further, if our products are not attractive to, or do not generate sufficient 
revenue for our vendors, we may lose our existing relationships. In addition, the decline in landlines reduces the 
number of potential customers that may be reached by our telemarketing efforts and as a result our telemarketing 
sales channel may become less viable and we may be required to use more door-to-door marketing. Door-to-door 
marketing is continually under scrutiny by state regulators and legislators, which may lead to new rules and 
regulations that impact our ability to use these channels. 

Our vendors may expose us to risks. 

We are subject to reputational risks that may arise from the actions of our vendors and their independent contractors 
that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as violations of our marketing policies and procedures as well 
as any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations. If our vendors engage in marketing practices that are 
not in compliance with local laws and regulations, we may be in breach of applicable laws and regulations that may 
result in regulatory proceedings, disadvantageous conditioning of our energy retailer license, or the revocation of 
our energy retailer license. Unauthorized activities in connection with sales efforts by agents of our vendors, 
including calling consumers in violation of the TCPA and predatory door-to-door sales tactics and fraudulent 
misrepresentation could subject us to class action lawsuits against which we will be required to defend. Such 
defense efforts will be costly and time consuming. In addition, the independent contractors of our vendors may 
consider us to be their employer and seek compensation.

Risks Related to Our Capital Structure and Capital Stock 

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations or pay 
dividends. It could also expose us to the risk of increased interest rates and limit our ability to react to changes in 
the economy or our industry as well as impact our cash available for distribution. 

26

We have $123.0 million of indebtedness outstanding and $37.4 million in issued letters of credit under our Senior 
Credit Facility, and zero of indebtedness outstanding under our Subordinated Facility as of December 31, 2019. 
Debt we incur under our Senior Credit Facility, Subordinated Facility or otherwise could have negative 
consequences, including: 

—  increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions; 
—   requiring cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our 

indebtedness, therefore reducing or eliminating our ability to pay dividends to holders of our Class A 
common stock and Series A Preferred Stock, or to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital 
expenditures and future business opportunities; 

—  limiting our ability to fund future acquisitions or engage in other activities that we view as in our long-

term best interest; 

—   restricting our ability to make certain distributions with respect to our capital stock and the ability of our 

subsidiaries to make certain distributions to us, in light of restricted payment and other financial 
covenants, including requirements to maintain certain financial ratios, in our credit facilities and other 
financing agreements; 

—  exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because certain of our borrowings are at variable rates 

of interest; and 

—  limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital including collateral postings, 

capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes. 

If we are unable to satisfy financial covenants in our debt instruments, it could result in an event of default that, if 
not cured or waived, may entitle the lenders to demand repayment or enforce their security interests. Our Senior 
Credit Facility will mature in May 2021, and we cannot assure that we will be able to negotiate a new credit 
arrangement on commercially reasonable terms. 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue paying our targeted quarterly dividend to the holders of 
our Class A common stock or dividends to the holders of our Series A Preferred Stock in the future.

The amount of our cash available for distribution principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from 
our operations, which fluctuates from quarter to quarter based on, among other things: 

—  changes in commodity prices, which may be driven by a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, 
weather conditions, seasonality and demand for energy commodities and general economic conditions; 

—  the level and timing of customer acquisition costs we incur; 
—   the level of our operating and general and administrative expenses; 
—  seasonal variations in revenues generated by our business; 
—   our debt service requirements and other liabilities; 
—   fluctuations in our working capital needs; 
—   our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets; 
—   restrictions contained in our debt agreements (including our Senior Credit Facility); 
—   management of customer credit risk; 
—  abrupt changes in regulatory policies; and, 
—  other business risks affecting our cash flows. 

As a result of these and other factors, we cannot guarantee that we will have sufficient cash generated from 
operations to pay the dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock or to pay a specific level of cash dividends to 
holders of our Class A common stock. 

The amount of cash available for distribution depends primarily on our cash flow, and is not solely a function of 
profitability, which is affected by non-cash items. We may incur other expenses or liabilities during a period that 
could significantly reduce or eliminate our cash available for distribution and, in turn, impair our ability to pay 

27

dividends to holders of our Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock during the period. Additionally, the 
dividends paid on Series A Preferred Stock reduce the amount of cash we have available to pay dividends on our 
Class A common stock. 

Each new share of Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock issued increases the cash required to 
continue to pay cash dividends. Any Class A common stock or preferred stock (whether Series A Preferred Stock or 
a new series of preferred stock) that may in the future be issued to finance acquisitions, upon exercise of stock 
options or otherwise, would have a similar effect.

Finally, dividends to holders of our Class A common stock are paid at the discretion of our board of directors. Our 
board of directors may decrease the level of or entirely discontinue payment of dividends.

We could be prevented from paying cash dividends on the Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock.

Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock do not have a right to dividends on such 
shares unless declared or set aside for payment by our board of directors. Under Delaware law, cash dividends on 
capital stock may only be paid from “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” from the corporation’s net profits for the 
then-current or the preceding fiscal year. Unless we operate profitably, our ability to pay cash dividends on the 
Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock would require the availability of adequate “surplus,” which is 
defined as the excess, if any, of net assets (total assets less total liabilities) over capital. Our business may not 
generate sufficient cash flow from operations to enable us to pay dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock when 
payable, and quarterly dividends on the Class A common stock. Further, even if adequate surplus is available to pay 
cash dividends on the Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock, we may not have sufficient cash to pay 
dividends on the Class A common stock or Series A Preferred Stock.

Furthermore, no dividends on Class A common stock or Series A Preferred Stock shall be authorized by our board 
of directors or paid, declared or set aside for payment by us at any time when the authorization, payment, 
declaration or setting aside for payment would be unlawful under Delaware law or any other applicable law, or 
when the terms and provisions of any documents limiting the payment of dividends prohibit the authorization, 
payment, declaration or setting aside for payment thereof or would constitute a breach or a default under such 
document.

We are a holding company. Our sole material asset is our equity interest in Spark HoldCo, LLC ("Spark 
HoldCo") and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from Spark HoldCo to pay dividends on the 
Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock.

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our equity interest in Spark HoldCo, and have no 
independent means of generating revenue. Spark HoldCo or its subsidiaries may be restricted from making 
distributions to us under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of their financing arrangements, or may 
otherwise be unable to provide such funds.

The Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock are subordinated to our existing and future debt 
obligations.

The Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock are subordinated to all of our existing and future 
indebtedness (including indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility). Therefore, if we become 
bankrupt, liquidate our assets, reorganize or enter into certain other transactions, assets will be available to pay our 
obligations with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock only after we have paid all of our existing and future 
indebtedness in full. The Class A common stock will only receive assets to the extent all existing and future 
indebtedness and obligations under the Series A Preferred Stock is paid in full. If any of these events were to occur, 
there may be insufficient assets remaining to make any payments to holders of the Series A Preferred Stock or Class 
A common stock. 

Additionally, none of our subsidiaries have guaranteed or otherwise become obligated with respect to the Class A 
common stock or Series A Preferred Stock. As a result, the Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock 

28

effectively rank junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries, including our 
operating subsidiaries, and any capital stock of our subsidiaries not held by us. Accordingly, our right to receive 
assets from any of our subsidiaries upon our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, and the right of holders of 
shares of Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock to participate in those assets, is also structurally 
subordinated to claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors. Even if we were a creditor of any of 
our subsidiaries, our rights as a creditor would be subordinate to any security interest in the assets of that subsidiary 
and any indebtedness of that subsidiary senior to that held by us.

Numerous factors may affect the trading price of the Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock.

The trading price of the Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock may depend on many factors, some of 
which are beyond our control, including:
—   prevailing interest rates; 
—   the market for similar securities; 
—   general economic and financial market conditions; 
—   our issuance of debt or other preferred equity securities; and 
—   our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

One of the factors that will influence the price of the Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock will be 
the distribution yield of the securities (as a percentage of the then market price of the securities) relative to market 
interest rates. Increases in market interest rates, which have been at low levels relative to historical rates, may lead 
prospective purchasers of shares of Class A common stock or Series A Preferred Stock to expect a higher 
distribution yield, and cause them to sell their Class A common stock or Series A Preferred Stock. Accordingly, 
higher market interest rates could cause the market price of the Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock 
to decrease.

In addition, over the last several years, prices of equity securities in the U.S. trading markets have been 
experiencing extreme price fluctuations. As a result of these and other factors, investors holding our Class A 
common stock and Series A Preferred Stock may experience a decrease in the value of their securities, which could 
be substantial and rapid, and could be unrelated to our financial condition, performance or prospects.

There may not be an active trading market for the Class A common stock or Series A Preferred Stock, which may 
in turn reduce the market value and your ability to transfer or sell your shares of Class A common stock or 
Series A Preferred Stock.

There are no assurances that there will be an active trading market for our Class A common stock or Series A 
Preferred Stock. The liquidity of any market for the Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock depends 
upon the number of stockholders, our results of operations and financial condition, the market for similar securities, 
the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock, and 
other factors. To the extent that an active trading market is not maintained, the liquidity and trading prices for the 
Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock may be harmed. 

Furthermore, because the Series A Preferred Stock does not have any stated maturity and is not subject to any 
sinking fund or mandatory redemption, stockholders seeking liquidity will be limited to selling their respective 
shares of Series A Preferred Stock in the secondary market. Active trading markets for the Series A Preferred Stock 
may not exist at such times, in which case the trading price of your shares of our Series A Preferred Stock could be 
reduced and your ability to transfer such shares could be limited.

Our Founder holds a substantial majority of the voting power of our common stock. 

Holders of Class A and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our 
stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law or our certificate of 

29

incorporation and bylaws. Our Founder controls 66.3% of the combined voting power of the Class A and Class B 
common stock as of December 31, 2019 through his direct and indirect ownership in us.

Affiliated owners are entitled to act separately with respect to their investment in us, and they have the ability to 
elect all of the members of our board of directors, and thereby to control our management and affairs. In addition, 
affiliates are able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring Class A common stock and Class B common 
stock shareholder approval, including mergers and other material transactions, and is able to cause or prevent a 
change in the composition of our board of directors or a change in control of our company that could deprive our 
stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as part of a sale of our 
company. The existence of a significant shareholder, such as our Founder, may also have the effect of deterring 
hostile takeovers, delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our 
other stockholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in the best interests of our company. 

So long as affiliates continue to control a significant amount of our common stock, they will continue to be able to 
strongly influence all matters requiring shareholder approval, regardless of whether other stockholders believe that 
a potential transaction is in their own best interests. In any of these matters, the interests of affiliates may differ or 
conflict with the interests of our other stockholders. Moreover, this concentration of stock ownership may also 
adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock or Series A Preferred Stock to the extent investors 
perceive a disadvantage in owning stock of a company with a controlling shareholder. 

Holders of Series A Preferred Stock have extremely limited voting rights.

Voting rights of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock are extremely limited. Our Class A common stock and 
our Class B common stock are the only classes of our securities carrying full voting rights. Holders of the Series A 
Preferred Stock generally have no voting rights. 

We have engaged in transactions with our affiliates in the past and expect to do so in the future. The terms of 
such transactions and the resolution of any conflicts that may arise may not always be in our or our 
stockholders’ best interests. 

We have engaged in transactions and expect to continue to engage in transactions with affiliated companies. We 
have acquired companies and books of customers from our affiliates and may do so in the future. We will continue 
to enter into back-to-back transactions for purchases of commodities and derivatives on behalf of our affiliate. We 
will also continue to pay certain expenses on behalf of several of our affiliates for which we will seek 
reimbursement. We will also continue to share our corporate headquarters with certain affiliates. We cannot assure 
that our affiliates will reimburse us for the costs we have incurred on their behalf or perform their obligations under 
any of these contracts. 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as Delaware 
law, contain provisions that could discourage acquisition bids or merger proposals, which may adversely affect 
the market price of our Class A common stock. 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue preferred stock 
without shareholder approval. On September 20, 2019, we filed a registration statement under the Securities Act on 
Form S-3 allowing us to offer and sell, from time to time, shares of preferred stock. The registration statement was 
declared effective on October 18, 2019. The election by our board of directors to issue preferred stock with anti-
takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us.

30

In addition, some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated 
bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if the change of control would be 
beneficial to our stockholders. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and 
amended and restated bylaws: 

—   provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly 
equal in number as possible, serving staggered three year terms. Our staggered board may tend to 
discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, 
because it generally makes it more difficult for shareholders to replace a majority of the directors; 
—  provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of 

directors; 

—   provide that all vacancies in our board, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise 
required by law or, if applicable, the rights of holders of a series of preferred stock, be filled by the 
affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum; 

—   provide our board of directors the ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock. This ability makes it 
possible for our board of directors to issue, without shareholder approval, preferred stock with voting or 
other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These 
and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or 
management of our company; 

—  provide that at any time after the first date upon which W. Keith Maxwell III no longer beneficially owns 
more than fifty percent of the outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock, any action 
required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special 
meeting of shareholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of such 
shareholders, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock with respect to such 
series (prior to such time, such actions may be taken without a meeting by written consent of holders of 
the outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to 
authorize or take such action at a meeting); 

—  provide that at any time after the first date upon which W. Keith Maxwell III no longer beneficially owns 
more than fifty percent of the outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock, special 
meetings of our shareholders may only be called by the board of directors, the chief executive officer or 
the chairman of the board (prior to such time, special meetings may also be called by our Secretary at the 
request of holders of record of fifty percent of the outstanding Class A common stock and Class B 
common stock); 

—  provide that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may 
be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding stock entitled 
to vote thereon; 

—  provide that our amended and restated bylaws can be amended by the board of directors; and 
—   establish advance notice procedures with regard to shareholder proposals relating to the nomination of 
candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our shareholders. 
These procedures provide that notice of shareholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our 
corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. These requirements may 
preclude shareholders from bringing matters before the shareholders at an annual or special meeting. 

In addition, in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have elected not to be subject to the 
provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) regulating corporate takeovers 
until the date on which W. Keith Maxwell III no longer beneficially owns in the aggregate more than fifteen percent 
of the outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock. On and after such date, we will be subject to 
the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware 
as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our 

31

stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us 
or our directors, officers, employees or agents. 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of 
an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by 
applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, 
(ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or 
agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other 
employee of ours arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of 
incorporation or our bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other 
employee of ours that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of 
Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. This exclusive 
forum provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act or the 
Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. To the extent that any 
such claims may be based upon federal law claims, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal 
jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and 
regulations thereunder. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and 
state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and 
regulations thereunder.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to 
have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described 
in the preceding sentence. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a 
judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may 
discourage such lawsuits against us and such persons. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our 
amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the 
specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in 
other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Future sales of our Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock in the public market could reduce the 
price of the Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock, and may dilute your ownership in us.

On September 20, 2019, we filed a registration statement under the Securities Act on Form S-3 registering the 
primary offer and sale, from time to time, of Class A common stock, preferred stock, depositary shares and 
warrants. The registration statement also registers the Class A common stock held by our affiliates, Retailco and 
NuDevco (including Class A common stock that may be obtained upon conversion of Class B common stock). All 
of the shares of Class A common stock held by Retailco and NuDevco and registered on the registration statement 
may be immediately resold. The registration statement was declared effective on October 18, 2019.

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into Class A 
common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances or sales of shares of our Class A common stock will have 
on the market price of our Class A common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock 
(including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may 
adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A common stock. 

We may also in the future sell additional shares of preferred stock, including shares of Series A Preferred Stock, on 
terms that may differ from those we have previously issued. Such shares could rank on parity with or, subject to the 
voting rights referred to above (with respect to issuances of new series of preferred stock), senior to the Series A 
Preferred Stock as to distribution rights or rights upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution. The subsequent 
issuance of additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or the creation and subsequent issuance of additional 
classes of preferred stock on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, could dilute the interests of the holders of 
Series A Preferred Stock, and could affect our ability to pay distributions on, redeem or pay the liquidation 
preference on the Series A Preferred Stock. Any issuance of preferred stock that is senior to the Series A Preferred 

32

Stock would not only dilute the interests of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, but also could affect our ability 
to pay distributions on, redeem or pay the liquidation preference on the Series A Preferred Stock.

Furthermore, subject to compliance with the Securities Act or exemptions therefrom, employees who have received 
Class A common stock as equity awards may also sell their shares into the public market.

We have issued preferred stock and may continue to do so, and the terms of such preferred stock could adversely 
affect the voting power or value of our Class A common stock. 

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes 
or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including 
preferences over our Class A common stock with respect to dividends and distributions, as our board of directors 
may determine. Through December 31, 2019, we have issued an aggregate of 3,707,256 shares of Series A 
Preferred Stock. 

The terms of the preferred stock we offer or sell could adversely impact the voting power or value of our Class A 
common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our 
directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, 
the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred stock, such as 
the Series A Preferred Stock, could affect the residual value of the Class A common stock. 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits the fiduciary duties of one of our directors and 
certain of our affiliates and restricts the remedies available to our stockholders for actions taken by our Founder 
or certain of our affiliates that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that we renounce any interest in existing 
and future investments in other entities by, or the business opportunities of, NuDevco Partners, LLC, NuDevco 
Partners Holdings, LLC and W. Keith Maxwell III, or any of their officers, directors, agents, shareholders, 
members, affiliates and subsidiaries (other than a director or officer who is presented an opportunity solely in his 
capacity as a director or officer). Because of this provision, these persons and entities have no obligation to offer us 
those investments or opportunities that are offered to them in any capacity other than solely as an officer or director. 
If one of these persons or entities pursues a business opportunity instead of presenting the opportunity to us, we will 
not have any recourse against such person or entity for a breach of fiduciary duty.

The Series A Preferred Stock represent perpetual equity interests in us, and investors should not expect us to 
redeem the Series A Preferred Stock on the date the Series A Preferred Stock becomes redeemable by us or on 
any particular date afterwards. 

The Series A Preferred Stock represents a perpetual equity interest in us, and the securities have no maturity or 
mandatory redemption date and are not redeemable at the option of investors under any circumstances. As a result, 
unlike our indebtedness, the Series A Preferred Stock will not give rise to a claim for payment of a principal amount 
at a particular date. As a result, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock may be required to bear the financial risks of 
an investment in the Series A Preferred Stock for an indefinite period of time. In addition, the Series A Preferred 
Stock will rank junior to all our current and future indebtedness (including indebtedness outstanding under the 
Senior Credit Facility) and other liabilities. The Series A Preferred Stock will also rank junior to any other preferred 
stock ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock we may issue in the future with respect to assets available to 
satisfy claims against us. 

The Series A Preferred Stock is not rated. 

We have not sought to obtain a rating for the Series A Preferred Stock, and the Series A Preferred Stock may never 
be rated. It is possible, however, that one or more rating agencies might independently determine to assign a rating 
to the Series A Preferred Stock or that we may elect to obtain a rating of the Series A Preferred Stock in the future. 
In addition, we may elect to issue other securities for which we may seek to obtain a rating. If any ratings are 

33

assigned to the Series A Preferred Stock in the future or if we issue other securities with a rating, such ratings, if 
they are lower than market expectations or are subsequently lowered or withdrawn, could adversely affect the 
market for or the market value of the Series A Preferred Stock. Ratings only reflect the views of the issuing rating 
agency or agencies and such ratings could at any time be revised downward or withdrawn entirely at the discretion 
of the issuing rating agency. A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold any particular security, 
including the Series A Preferred Stock. Ratings do not reflect market prices or suitability of a security for a 
particular investor and any future rating of the Series A Preferred Stock may not reflect all risks related to us and 
our business, or the structure or market value of the Series A Preferred Stock.

We cannot guarantee that our Repurchase Program will enhance shareholder value and purchases, if any, could 
increase the volatility of the price of our Series A Preferred Stock.

Our Board of Directors has authorized the Repurchase Program, which permits us to purchase our Series A 
Preferred Stock through December 31, 2020. The Repurchase Program does not obligate us to purchase a specific 
dollar amount or number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The specific timing and amount of purchases, if any, 
will depend upon several factors, including ongoing assessments of capital needs, the market price of the Series A 
Preferred Stock, and other factors, including general market conditions. There can be no assurance that we will 
make future purchases of Series A Preferred Stock or that we will purchase a sufficient number of shares to satisfy 
market expectations.

Purchases of our Series A Preferred Stock could affect the market price and increase volatility of our Series A 
Preferred Stock. We cannot provide any assurance that purchases under the Repurchase Program will be made at the 
best possible price. Additionally, purchases under our Repurchase Program could diminish our cash reserves or 
increase borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility or Subordinated Facility, which may impact our ability to 
finance future growth and to pursue possible future strategic opportunities and acquisitions. Although our 
Repurchase Program is intended to enhance long-term shareholder value, there is no assurance that it will do so.

We are permitted to and could discontinue our Repurchase Program prior to its expiration or completion. The 
existence of the Repurchase Program could cause our Series A Preferred Stock price to be higher than it would be in 
the absence of such a program, and any such discontinuation could cause the market price of our Series A Preferred 
Stock to decline.

The Change of Control Conversion Right may make it more difficult for a party to acquire us or discourage a 
party from acquiring us.

The Change of Control Conversion Right of the Series A Preferred Stock provided in the Certificate of Designation 
may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us or of delaying, 
deferring or preventing certain of our change of control transactions under circumstances that otherwise could 
provide the holders of our Series A Preferred Stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-current 
market price of such equity securities or that stockholders may otherwise believe is in their best interests.

Changes in the method of determining the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), or the replacement of 
LIBOR with an alternative reference rate, may adversely affect interest rates under our Senior Credit Facility 
and the floating dividend rate of our Series A Preferred Stock.

LIBOR is a basic rate of interest widely used as a global reference for setting interest rates on loans and payment 
rates on other financial instruments. Our Senior Credit Facility uses LIBOR as the reference rate for Eurodollar 
denominated borrowings.  In addition, on and after April 15, 2022, dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock accrue 
at a floating rate equal to the sum of: (a) Three-Month LIBOR Rate as calculated on each applicable determination 
date, plus (b) 6.578%.

In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to 
phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is unclear if LIBOR will cease to exist at that time, if new methods of 
calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021 or whether different reference rates 

34

will develop. It is impossible to predict the effect these developments, any discontinuance, modification or other 
reforms to LIBOR or the establishment of alternative reference rates may have on LIBOR, other benchmark rates or 
floating rate debt instruments. 

Although our Senior Credit Facility and Series A Preferred Stock contain LIBOR alternative provisions and the use 
of alternative reference rates, new methods of calculating LIBOR or other reforms could cause the interest rates 
under our Senior Credit Facility or the dividend rate on our Series A Preferred Stock to be materially different than 
expected, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position, and results of operations, and our 
ability to pay dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock and Class A common stock.

If we are unable to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock on or after April 15, 2022, a substantial increase in the 
Three-Month LIBOR Rate or an alternative rate could negatively impact our ability to pay dividends on the 
Series A Preferred Stock and Class A common stock.

If we do not repurchase or redeem our Series A Preferred Stock on or after April 15, 2022, a substantial increase in 
the Three-Month LIBOR Rate (if it then exists), or a substantial increase in the alternative reference rate, could 
negatively impact our ability to pay dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. An increase in the dividends payable 
on our Series A Preferred Stock would negatively impact dividends on our Class A common stock. We cannot 
assure you that we will have adequate sources of capital to repurchase or redeem the Series A Preferred Stock on or 
after April 15, 2022. If we are unable to repurchase or redeem the Series A Preferred Stock and our ability to pay 
dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock and Class A common stock is negatively impacted, the market value of 
the Series A Preferred Stock and Class A common stock could be materially adversely impacted.

We may not have sufficient earnings and profits in order for dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock to be 
treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. 

The dividends payable by us on the Series A Preferred Stock may exceed our current and accumulated earnings and 
profits, as calculated for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If this occurs, it will result in the amount of the 
dividends that exceed such earnings and profits being treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes first as a return 
of capital to the extent of the beneficial owner’s adjusted tax basis in the Series A Preferred Stock, and the excess, if 
any, over such adjusted tax basis as gain from the sale or exchange of property, which generally results in capital 
gain. Such treatment will generally be unfavorable for corporate beneficial owners and may also be unfavorable to 
certain other beneficial owners. 

You may be subject to tax if we make or fail to make certain adjustments to the conversion rate of the Series A 
Preferred Stock even though you do not receive a corresponding cash dividend. 

The Conversion Rate as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to 
adjustment in certain circumstances. A failure to adjust (or to adjust adequately) the Conversion Rate after an event 
that increases your proportionate interest in us could be treated as a deemed taxable dividend to you. If you are a 
non-U.S. holder, any deemed dividend may be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower 
rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty, which may be set off against subsequent payments on the Series A 
Preferred Stock. In April 2016, the Internal Revenue Service issued new proposed income tax regulations in regard 
to the taxability of changes in conversion rights that will apply to the Series A Preferred Stock when published in 
final form and may be applied to us before final publication in certain instances. 

We are a “controlled company” under NASDAQ Global Select Market rules, and as such we are entitled to an 
exemption from certain corporate governance standards of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, and you may not 
have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ Global 
Market corporate governance requirements. 

We qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of NASDAQ Global Select Market corporate governance 
standards because an affiliated holder controls more than 50% of our voting power. Under NASDAQ Global Select 

35

Market rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, a group or another 
company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements.

Although our board of directors has established a nominating and corporate governance committee and a 
compensation committee of independent directors, it may determine to eliminate these committees at any time. If 
these committees were eliminated, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies 
that are subject to all of NASDAQ Global Select Market corporate governance requirements. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are the subject of lawsuits and claims arising in the ordinary course of business from time to time. Management 
cannot predict the ultimate outcome of such lawsuits and claims. While the lawsuits and claims are asserted for 
amounts that may be material, should an unfavorable outcome occur, management does not currently expect that 
any currently pending matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations 
except as described in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” Note 14 "Commitments and 
Contingencies" to the audited consolidated financial statements, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

36

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities

Our Class A common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SPKE." There is no 
public market for our Class B common stock. On March 3, 2020, we had one holder of record of our Class A 
common stock and two holders of record of our Class B common stock, excluding stockholders for whom shares 
are held in “nominee” or “street name.”

Dividends

We typically pay a cash dividend each quarter to holders of our Class A common stock to the extent we have cash 
available for distribution and are permitted to do so under the terms of our Senior Credit Facility. 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Equity Securities 

We have not sold any unregistered equity securities other than as previously reported. 

Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table sets forth information regarding purchases of our Series A Preferred Stock by us during 
the three months ended December 31, 2019 pursuant to our Repurchase Program.

(a) Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased

(b) Average
Price Paid per
Share

(c) Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced Plans or 
Programs (1)

(d) Maximum Number (or 
Approximate Dollar Value) of 
Shares that May Yet Be 
Purchased Under the Plans or 
Programs (1)

Period

October 1 - October 31,
2019

November 1 - November
30, 2019

December 1 - December 31,
2019

2,300 $

23,138

—

24.94

24.82

—

Total

25,438 $

24.83

2,300

23,138

—

25,438

—

—

—

—

(1) On May 22, 2019, the Company announced that the Board of Directors authorized the Repurchase Program to 
purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock through May 20, 2020. On November 8, 2019, the Repurchase Program 
was amended and extended through December 31, 2020. There is no dollar limit on the amount of Series A 
Preferred Stock that may be purchased. The Repurchase Program does not obligate us to make any repurchases and 
may be suspended for periods or discontinued at any time.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the quarterly performance of our Class A common stock to the NASDAQ Composite 
Index ("NASDAQ Composite") and the Dow Jones U.S. Utilities Index ("IDU"). The chart assumes that the value 
of the investment in our Class A common stock and each index was $100 at December 31, 2014 and that all 
dividends were reinvested. The stock performance shown on the graph below is not indicative of future price 
performance. 

37

The performance graph above and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” 
with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act 
or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference.

38

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected historical financial information for each of the years in the five year period 
ended December 31, 2019. The information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 is 
derived from the consolidated financial statements contained in this Form 10-K and should be read in conjunction 
with the information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations” and “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Financial information as of and for the years 
ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was derived from information filed as part of our 2018 and 2017 Form 10-Ks.

(in thousands, except per share and volumetric data)

2019

Year Ended December 31,
2017

2018

2016

2015

Income Statement Data:
Total revenues
Operating income (loss)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) attributable to Non-Controlling Interests
Net income (loss) attributable to Spark Energy, Inc.
stockholders
Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders of Class A
common stock

Net income (loss) attributable to Spark Energy, Inc. per share
of Class A common stock
       Basic
       Diluted

Weighted average common shares outstanding
       Basic
       Diluted

Balance Sheet Data:
Current assets
Current liabilities
Total assets
Long-term liabilities

Cash Flow Data:
Cash flows provided by operating activities
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities
Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities

Other Financial Data:
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
Retail gross margin (1)
Distributions paid to Class B non-controlling unit holders and
dividends paid to Class A common shareholders

Other Operating Data:
RCEs (thousands)
Electricity volumes (MWh)
Natural gas volumes (MMBtu)

$

$
$

$
$
$
$

$
$
$

$
$

$

$

813,725
23,979
14,213
5,763

$ 1,005,928
(3,654)
(14,392)
(13,206)

798,055
102,420
75,044
55,799

$

$

546,697
84,001
65,673
51,229

358,153
29,905
25,975
22,110

8,450

(1,186)

19,245

14,444

359

(9,295)

16,207

14,444

0.03
0.02

$
$

(0.69) $
(0.69) $

1.23
1.21

$
$

1.27
1.11

$
$

14,286
14,568

13,390
13,390

13,143
13,346

11,402
12,690

3,865

3,865

0.63
0.53

6,129
6,655

236,128
141,955
422,968
123,712

$
$
$
$

291,980
141,951
488,738
165,735

$
$
$
$

296,738
151,027
503,741
152,446

$
$
$
$

197,983
184,056
367,749
67,438

$
$
$
$

102,680
84,188
162,234
44,727

$
91,735
1,398
$
(85,103) $

59,763
$
(18,981) $
(20,563) $

62,131
$
(77,558) $
$
25,886

66,950
$
(33,489) $
(18,975) $

45,931
(41,943)
(3,873)

92,404
220,740

$
$

70,716
185,109

$
$

102,884
224,509

$
$

81,892
182,369

$
$

36,869
113,615

(45,176) $

(45,261) $

(43,319) $

(43,297) $

(20,043)

672
6,416,568
14,543,563

908
8,630,653
16,778,393

1,042
6,755,663
18,203,684

774
4,170,593
16,819,713

415
2,075,479
14,786,681

(1)   Adjusted EBITDA and retail gross margin are non-GAAP financial measures. For a definition and reconciliation of each of Adjusted 

EBITDA and retail gross margin to their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with 
GAAP, please see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Performance 
Measures.”

39

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in 
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this 
Annual Report. In this Annual Report, the terms “Spark Energy,” “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer 
collectively to Spark Energy, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Overview

We are an independent retail energy services company founded in 1999 that provides residential and commercial 
customers in competitive markets across the United States with an alternative choice for natural gas and electricity. 
We purchase our natural gas and electricity supply from a variety of wholesale providers and bill our customers 
monthly for the delivery of natural gas and electricity based on their consumption at either a fixed or variable price. 
Natural gas and electricity are then distributed to our customers by local regulated utility companies through their 
existing infrastructure. As of December 31, 2019, we operated in 94 utility service territories across 19 states and the 
District of Columbia.

Our business consists of two operating segments:

•  Retail Electricity Segment. In this segment, we purchase electricity supply through physical and financial 
transactions with market counterparties and ISOs and supply electricity to residential and commercial 
consumers pursuant to fixed-price and variable-price contracts. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 
and 2017, approximately 85%, 86% and 82%, respectively, of our retail revenues were derived from the sale 
of electricity. 

•  Retail Natural Gas Segment. In this segment, we purchase natural gas supply through physical and financial 
transactions with market counterparties and supply natural gas to residential and commercial consumers 
pursuant to fixed-price and variable-price contracts. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, 
approximately 15%, 14% and 18%, respectively, of our retail revenues were derived from the sale of natural 
gas. 

Recent Developments

Preferred Stock Repurchase Program

In November 2019, we amended and extended our repurchase program (the "Repurchase Program") of our Series A 
Preferred Stock. The Repurchase Program allows us to purchase Series A Preferred Stock through December 31, 
2020, at prevailing prices, in open market or negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions, maximum share 
prices and other considerations. The Repurchase Program does not obligate us to make any repurchases and may be 
suspended at any time.

Drivers of Our Business

The success of our business and our profitability are impacted by a number of drivers, the most significant of which 
are discussed below.

Customer Growth

Customer growth is a key driver of our operations. Our ability to acquire customers organically or by acquisition is 
important to our success as we experience ongoing customer attrition. Our customer growth strategy includes 
growing organically through traditional sales channels complemented by customer portfolio and business 
acquisitions.

40

We measure our number of customers using residential customer equivalents ("RCEs"). The following table shows 
our RCEs by segment as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

RCEs:

(In thousands)

Retail Electricity

Retail Natural Gas
Total Retail

2019

533

139
672

December 31,

2018

754

154
908

2017

868

174
1,042

The following table details our count of RCEs by geographical location as of December 31, 2019:

RCEs by Geographic Location:

(In thousands)

New England

Mid-Atlantic

Midwest
Southwest
Total

Electricity

 % of Total Natural Gas

 % of Total

Total

 % of Total

217

196

57
63
533

41%

37%

10%
12%
100%

27

49

42
21
139

20%

35%

30%
15%
100%

244

245

99
84
672

36%

36%

15%
13%
100%

The geographical locations noted above include the following states:

•  New England - Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts and New Hampshire; 
•  Mid-Atlantic - Delaware, Maryland (including the District of Columbia), New Jersey, New York and 

Pennsylvania; 

•  Midwest - Illinois, Indiana, Michigan and Ohio; and
•  Southwest - Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, Nevada and Texas.

Across our market areas, we have operated under a number of different retail brands. We currently operate under 
seven retail brands. During 2019 and 2018, we consolidated our brands and billings systems in an effort to simplify 
our business operations. Our goal is to reduce the number of separate brands to three by the end of 2020.

Organic Sales

Our organic sales strategies are designed to offer competitive pricing, price certainty, and/or green product offerings 
to residential and commercial customers. We manage growth on a market-by-market basis by developing price 
curves in each of the markets we serve and comparing the market prices to the price offered by the local regulated 
utility. We then determine if there is an opportunity in a particular market based on our ability to create a 
competitive product on economic terms that provides customer value and satisfies our profitability objectives. We 
develop marketing campaigns using a combination of sales channels. Our marketing team continuously evaluates 
the effectiveness of each customer acquisition channel and makes adjustments in order to achieve desired targets. 
During the year ended December 31, 2019, we added approximately 214,000 RCEs through our various organic 
sales channels.

Acquisitions

We acquire companies and portfolios of customers through both external and affiliated channels. In 2017, we 
acquired approximately 206,000 RCEs through acquisitions of Verde Energy USA Holdings, LLC ("Verde 

41

 
Energy"), Perigee Energy, LLC ("Perigee Energy"), and a customer portfolio. In 2018, we added approximately 
81,000 RCEs through our acquisitions of HIKO, a customer portfolio from an affiliate, and a customer portfolio 
from Starion Energy ("Starion"). In 2019, we added approximately 33,000 RCEs as part of the completion of the 
acquisition from Starion.

Our ability to realize returns from acquisitions that are acceptable to us is dependent on our ability to successfully 
identify, negotiate, finance and integrate acquisitions.

RCE Activity 

The following table shows our RCE activity during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

(In thousands)
December 31, 2016

   Additions
   Attrition
December 31, 2017
   Additions
   Attrition
December 31, 2018
   Additions
   Attrition
December 31, 2019

Retail
Electricity
571

Retail Natural
Gas
203

659
(362)
868
363
(477)
754
189
(410)
533

61
(90)
174
69
(89)
154
58
(73)
139

% Net Annual
Increase
(Decrease)

35%

(13)%

(26)%

Total
774

720
(452)
1,042
432
(566)
908
247
(483)
672

The increase of our RCE counts in 2017 was related to the acquisition of customers and businesses in excess of 
natural customer attrition. In 2018 and 2019, our attrition exceeded customer adds due to our intentional non-
renewal of certain larger C&I customer contracts, lower organic sales spending, and fewer acquisitions and slightly 
higher attrition impacted by our brand consolidation activities. Average monthly attrition rates during 2019, 2018 
and 2017 were as follows: 

Year Ended

Quarter Ended

December 31

December 31

September 30

June 30

March 31

4.3%

4.7%
5.0%

4.9%

6.7%
7.0%

4.2%

4.0%
4.0%

4.1%

3.7%
3.8%

3.8%

4.2%
5.4%

2017

2018
2019

Customer attrition occurs primarily as a result of: (i) customer initiated switches; (ii) residential moves 
(iii) disconnection resulting from customer payment defaults and (iv) pro-active non-renewal of contracts. Customer 
attrition during the year ended December 31, 2019 was slightly higher than the prior year due to a previously 
communicated strategy to shrink our C&I customer book, resulting in our pro-active non-renewal of some of our 
lower-margin large commercial contracts.

Customer Acquisition Costs 

Managing customer acquisition costs is a key component of our profitability. Customer acquisition costs are those 
costs related to obtaining customers organically and do not include the cost of acquiring customers through 
acquisitions, which are recorded as customer relationships. For each of the three years ended December 31, 2019, 
customer acquisition costs were as follows:

42

(In thousands)

Customer Acquisition Costs

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

18,685 $

13,673 $

25,874

We strive to maintain a disciplined approach to recovery of our customer acquisition costs within a 12 month 
period. We capitalize and amortize our customer acquisition costs over a two year period, which is based on our 
estimate of the expected average length of a customer relationship. We factor in the recovery of customer 
acquisition costs in determining which markets we enter and the pricing of our products in those markets. 
Accordingly, our results are significantly influenced by our customer acquisition costs. Changes in customer 
acquisition costs from period to period reflect our focus on growing organically versus growth through acquisitions. 
We are currently focused on growing through organic sales channels; however, we continue to evaluate 
opportunities to acquire customers through acquisitions and pursue such acquisitions when it makes sense 
economically or strategically for the Company. 

Customer Credit Risk

Approximately 67% of our revenues are derived from customers in utilities where customer credit risk is borne by 
the utility in exchange for a discount on amounts billed. Where we have customer credit risk, we record bad debt 
based on an estimate of uncollectible amounts. Our bad debt expense on non-POR revenues was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

Total Non-POR Bad Debt as Percent of Revenue

3.3%

2.6%

2.5%

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we experienced higher bad debt expense versus 2018 primarily due to 
an increase in residential customers in non-POR markets. In addition, as our geographic and acquisition channel 
mix has changed, our bad debt expense has increased. In order to manage this exposure in 2019, we have increased 
our focus on: collection efforts, timely billing, and credit monitoring for new enrollments in non-POR markets. 
During the year ended December 31, 2018, we experienced higher bad debt expense versus 2017 primarily as a 
result of our brand consolidations.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, approximately 67%, 66% and 66%, respectively, of our 
retail revenues were collected through POR programs where substantially all of our credit risk was with local 
regulated utility companies. As of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, all of these local regulated utility companies 
had investment grade ratings. During these same periods, we paid these local regulated utilities a weighted average 
discount of approximately 0.8%, 1.0% and 1.1%, respectively, of total revenues for customer credit risk protection.

Weather Conditions

Weather conditions directly influence the demand for natural gas and electricity and affect the prices of energy 
commodities. Our hedging strategy is based on forecasted customer energy usage, which can vary substantially as a 
result of weather patterns deviating from historical norms. We are particularly sensitive to this variability in our 
residential customer segment where energy usage is highly sensitive to weather conditions that impact heating and 
cooling demand.

Our risk management policies direct that we hedge substantially all of our forecasted demand, which is typically 
hedged to long-term normal weather patterns. We also attempt to add additional protection through hedging from 
time to time to protect us from potential volatility in markets where we have historically experienced higher 
exposure to extreme weather conditions. Because we attempt to match commodity purchases to anticipated demand, 
unanticipated changes in weather patterns can have a significant impact on our operating results and cash flows 
from period to period.

43

We experienced milder than normal weather in most of our geographies for most of 2019 with the exception of the 
third quarter. This milder weather resulted in lower sales volumes during the period and lower demand for 
commodities. In markets where we were fully hedged, we were selling back some of those hedges into a depressed 
wholesale market. During the first quarter of 2019, we experienced weather volatility in the New England, Mid-
Atlantic and Midwest regions that resulted in higher-than-normal heating degree days. On average, the first quarter 
of 2019 turned out to be milder than normal, however prices in the day-ahead and real-time markets during this time 
were less volatile than they had been in the first quarter of 2018, which in aggregate positively affected our gross 
margin.  

During the third quarter of 2019, we experienced warmer than normal weather across many of our markets, which 
increased demand for electricity from our customer base. In anticipation of increased demand and volatility in 
ERCOT ("Electric Reliability Council of Texas"), and as an additional form of insurance, we purchased additional 
power to mitigate the volatility observed in late August and early September of 2019. These factors had a positive 
impact on our electricity unit margins in the third quarter of 2019.

Asset Optimization

Our asset optimization opportunities primarily arise during the winter heating season when demand for natural gas 
is typically at its highest. Given the opportunistic nature of these activities and because we account for these 
activities using the mark to market method of accounting, we experience variability in our earnings from our asset 
optimization activities from year to year. 

Net asset optimization resulted in a gain of $2.8 million, a gain of $4.5 million and a loss of $0.7 million for the 
years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

44

Non-GAAP Performance Measures

We use the Non-GAAP performance measures of Adjusted EBITDA and Retail Gross Margin to evaluate and 
measure our operating results. These measures for the three years ended December 31, 2019 were as follows:

(in thousands)
Adjusted EBITDA

Retail Gross Margin

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

$

92,404

220,740

$

$

70,716

185,109

$

$

102,884

224,509

Adjusted EBITDA. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as EBITDA less (i) customer acquisition costs incurred in the 
current period, plus or minus (ii) net gain (loss) on derivative instruments, and (iii) net current period cash 
settlements on derivative instruments, plus (iv) non-cash compensation expense, and (v) other non-cash and non-
recurring operating items. EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before the provision for income taxes, interest 
expense and depreciation and amortization. 

We deduct all current period customer acquisition costs (representing spending for organic customer acquisitions) in 
the Adjusted EBITDA calculation because such costs reflect a cash outlay in the period in which they are incurred, 
even though we capitalize and amortize such costs over two years. We do not deduct the cost of customer 
acquisitions through acquisitions of businesses or portfolios of customers in calculating Adjusted EBITDA.

We deduct our net gains (losses) on derivative instruments, excluding current period cash settlements, from the 
Adjusted EBITDA calculation in order to remove the non-cash impact of net gains and losses on these instruments. 
We also deduct non-cash compensation expense that results from the issuance of restricted stock units under our 
long-term incentive plan due to the non-cash nature of the expense. Finally, we also adjust from time to time other 
non-cash or unusual and/or infrequent charges due to either their non-cash nature or their infrequency. 

We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA provides information useful to investors in assessing our 
liquidity and financial condition and results of operations and that Adjusted EBITDA is also useful to investors as a 
financial indicator of our ability to incur and service debt, pay dividends and fund capital expenditures. Adjusted 
EBITDA is a supplemental financial measure that management and external users of our consolidated financial 
statements, such as industry analysts, investors, commercial banks and rating agencies, use to assess the following:

• 

• 
• 

• 

our operating performance as compared to other publicly traded companies in the retail energy industry, 
without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
the ability of our assets to generate earnings sufficient to support our proposed cash dividends; 
our ability to fund capital expenditures (including customer acquisition costs) and incur and service debt; 
and
our compliance with financial debt covenants. (Refer to Note 10 "Debt" in the Company’s audited 
consolidated financial statements for discussion of the material terms of our Senior Credit Facility, 
including the covenant requirements for our Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Maximum Total 
Leverage Ratio, and Maximum Senior Secured Leverage Ratio.)

The GAAP measures most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA are net income (loss) and net cash provided by 
(used in) operating activities. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to these GAAP 
measures for each of the periods indicated.

45

 
 
(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income (Loss):

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

Net income (loss)

Depreciation and amortization

Interest expense

Income tax expense

EBITDA

Less:

Net, (Losses) gains on derivative instruments

Net, Cash settlements on derivative instruments

Customer acquisition costs

       Plus:

       Non-cash compensation expense

       Non-recurring legal and regulatory settlements

      Gain on disposal of eRex
      Change in Tax Receivable Agreement liability (1)

$

14,213

$

40,987

8,621

7,257

71,078

(67,749)
42,820

18,685

5,487

14,457

(4,862)

—

(14,392) $
52,658

9,410

2,077

49,753

(18,170)
(10,587)
13,673

5,879

—

—

—

75,044

42,341

11,134

38,765

167,284

5,008

16,309

25,874

5,058

—

—

(22,267)

Adjusted EBITDA 

$

92,404

$

70,716

$

102,884

(1)   Represents the change in the value of the Tax Receivable Agreement liability due to U.S. Tax Reform. See discussion in Note 13 

"Income Taxes." 

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities for 
each of the periods indicated.

(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by 
operating activities:

Net cash provided by operating activities

Amortization of deferred financing costs

Bad debt expense

Interest expense

Income tax expense
Change in Tax Receivable Agreement liability (1)
Changes in operating working capital

Accounts receivable, prepaids, current assets

Inventory

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Other

Adjusted EBITDA

Cash Flow Data:

Cash flows provided by operating activities
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

$

$

$

$

91,735
(1,275)
(13,532)
8,621

7,257
—

(33,475)
(924)
11,534

22,463

92,404

91,735

1,398

$

$

$

$

59,763
(1,291)
(10,135)
9,410

2,077
—

10,482
(674)
(5,093)

6,177

70,716

59,763

$

$

$

(18,981) $

(85,103) $

(20,563) $

62,131
(1,035)
(6,550)
11,134
38,765
(22,267)

31,905

718
(13,672)

1,755

102,884

62,131

(77,558)

25,886

(1)   Represents the change in the value of the Tax Receivable Agreement liability due to U.S. Tax Reform. See discussion in Note 13 

"Income Taxes." 

46

  
  
Retail Gross Margin. We define retail gross margin as operating income (loss) plus (i) depreciation and 
amortization expenses and (ii) general and administrative expenses, less (iii) net asset optimization revenues 
(expenses), (iv) net gains (losses) on non-trading derivative instruments, and (v) net current period cash settlements 
on non-trading derivative instruments. Retail gross margin is included as a supplemental disclosure because it is a 
primary performance measure used by our management to determine the performance of our retail natural gas and 
electricity segments. As an indicator of our retail energy business’s operating performance, retail gross margin 
should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, operating income (loss), its most directly 
comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

We believe retail gross margin provides information useful to investors as an indicator of our retail energy 
business's operating performance.

The GAAP measure most directly comparable to Retail Gross Margin is operating income (loss). The following 
table presents a reconciliation of Retail Gross Margin to operating income (loss) for each of the periods indicated.

(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Retail Gross Margin to Operating Income (Loss):

Operating income (loss)

Plus:

Depreciation and amortization

General and administrative expense

Less:

Net asset optimization revenue (expense)
(Losses) gains on non-trading derivative instruments

Cash settlements on non-trading derivative instruments

Retail Gross Margin

Retail Gross Margin - Retail Electricity Segment

Retail Gross Margin - Retail Natural Gas Segment

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2019

2017

$

23,979

$

(3,654) $

102,420

40,987

133,534

2,771
(67,955)
42,944

220,740

160,540

60,200

$

$

$

52,658

111,431

4,511
(19,571)
(9,614)

185,109

124,668

60,441

$

$

$

42,341

101,127

(717)
5,588

16,508

224,509

158,468

66,041

$

$

$

Our non-GAAP financial measures of Adjusted EBITDA and Retail Gross Margin should not be considered as 
alternatives to net income (loss), net cash provided by operating activities, or operating income (loss). Adjusted 
EBITDA and Retail Gross Margin are not presentations made in accordance with GAAP and have limitations as 
analytical tools. You should not consider Adjusted EBITDA or Retail Gross Margin in isolation or as a substitute for 
analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because Adjusted EBITDA and Retail Gross Margin exclude some, 
but not all, items that affect net income (loss), net cash provided by operating activities, and operating income 
(loss), and are defined differently by different companies in our industry, our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and 
Retail Gross Margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. 

Management compensates for the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA and Retail Gross Margin as analytical tools by 
reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating 
these data points into management’s decision-making process. 

47

  
Consolidated Results of Operations

(In Thousands)

Revenues:

Retail revenues

Net asset optimization revenues (expenses)

Total Revenues

Operating Expenses:

Retail cost of revenues

General and administrative expense

Depreciation and amortization

Total Operating Expenses

Operating income (loss) 

Other (expense)/income:

Interest expense
Change in Tax Receivable Agreement liability (1)
Gain on disposal of eRex

Total other income/(expense)

Total other (expenses)/income

Income (loss) before income tax expense

Income tax expense 

Net income (loss)

Other Performance Metrics:
   Adjusted EBITDA (2)
   Retail Gross Margin (2)
   Customer Acquisition Costs

   RCE Attrition

   Distributions paid to Class B non-controlling unit holders and
dividends paid to Class A common shareholders

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

810,954

$

1,001,417

$

2,771

813,725

615,225

133,534

40,987

789,746

23,979

(8,621)
—

4,862

1,250
(2,509)
21,470
7,257

14,213

92,404

220,740

18,685

$

$

4,511

1,005,928

845,493

111,431

52,658

1,009,582
(3,654)

(9,410)
—

—

749
(8,661)
(12,315)
2,077
(14,392)

70,716

185,109

13,673

$

$

$

$

798,772
(717)
798,055

552,167

101,127

42,341

695,635

102,420

(11,134)
22,267

—

256

11,389
113,809

38,765

75,044

102,884

224,509

25,874

5.0%

4.7%

4.3%

$

(45,176)

$

(45,261)

$

(43,319)

(1)   Represents the change in the value of the Tax Receivable Agreement liability due to U.S. Tax Reform. See discussion in Note 13 

"Income Taxes." 

(2)   Adjusted EBITDA and Retail Gross Margin are non-GAAP financial measures. See “—Non-GAAP Performance Measures” for a 

reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Retail Gross Margin to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

Total Revenues. Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 were approximately $813.7 million, a 
decrease of approximately $192.2 million, or 19%, from approximately $1,005.9 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2018. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in electricity and natural gas volumes as a result 
of a smaller C&I customer book in 2019 as compared to 2018, partially offset by an increase in electricity unit 
revenue per MWh. Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased approximately $207.8 million, 
or 26%, from approximately $798.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due 
to an increase in electricity volumes driven by the acquisitions of the HIKO and two customer portfolios, full year 
results from the Verde Companies, and higher-than-normal electricity and natural gas pricing in 2018, partially 
offset by a decrease in natural gas volumes due to warmer-than-normal weather in the second and third quarters of 
2018.

Analysis of the impact of changes in prices and volumes between the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 
2017 are as follows:

48

Change in electricity volumes sold

Change in natural gas volumes sold

Change in electricity unit revenue per MWh

Change in natural gas unit revenue per MMBtu

Change in net asset optimization (expense) revenue

Change in total revenues

2019 vs. 2018

2018 vs. 2017

$

$

(221.5)
(18.4)
46.5

2.9
(1.7)
(192.2)

$

$

182.5
(11.1)
23.4

7.9

5.1
207.8

Retail Cost of Revenues. Total retail cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 was approximately   
$615.2 million, a decrease of approximately $230.3 million, or 27%, from approximately $845.5 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in electricity and natural gas volumes 
as a result of a smaller C&I customer book in 2019, a decrease in electricity and natural gas unit cost, and a change 
in fair value of our retail derivative portfolio. Total retail cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 
increased approximately $293.3 million, or 53%, from approximately $552.2 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to an increase in electricity volumes driven by the acquisitions 
of HIKO and two customer portfolios, full year results from the Verde Companies, higher-than-normal electricity 
and natural gas prices due to the extreme unpredictable weather in the first quarter of 2018, increased capacity costs 
in the second and third quarters of 2018, and additional hedges in ERCOT in the third quarter of 2018.

Analysis of the impact of changes in prices and volumes between the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 
2017 are as follows:

Change in electricity volumes sold

Change in natural gas volumes sold

Change in electricity unit cost per MWh

Change in natural gas unit cost per MMBtu

Change in value of retail derivative portfolio

Change in retail cost of revenues

2019 vs. 2018

2018 vs. 2017

$

$

(189.5)
(10.3)
(21.4)
(4.9)
(4.2)
(230.3)

$

$

138.5
(5.9)
101.2

8.2

51.3

293.3

General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 
was approximately $133.5 million, an increase of approximately $22.1 million, or 20%, as compared to $111.4 
million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to non-recurring legal and 
regulatory settlements and increased litigation expense in 2019. General and administrative expense for the year 
ended December 31, 2018 increased approximately $10.3 million or 10%, as compared to $101.1 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily attributable to reductions in the fair value of earnout 
liabilities, which decreased general and administrative expenses in 2017 to a greater extent than in 2018, increased 
commissions paid to commercial brokers, and variable costs associated with increased RCEs from our acquisitions.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense. Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 
2019 was approximately $41.0 million, a decrease of approximately $11.7 million, or 22%, from approximately 
$52.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease was primarily due to the decreased amortization 
expense associated with customer relationship intangibles. Depreciation and amortization expense for the year 
ended December 31, 2018 increased approximately $10.4 million, or 24%, from approximately $42.3 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to the increased amortization expense 
associated with customer relationship intangibles from the acquisitions of the Verde Companies, HIKO and 
customers from an affiliate, and the write-off of assets no longer in use as a result of integration activities.

Customer Acquisition Cost. Customer acquisition cost for the year ended December 31, 2019 was approximately 
$18.7 million, an increase of approximately $5.0 million, or 37% from approximately $13.7 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of organic sales in 2019 as 

49

compared to 2018, as we had slowed our organic sales in 2018 to concentrate on acquisitions of companies and 
portfolios of customers. Customer acquisition cost for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased approximately 
$12.2 million, or 47% from approximately $25.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This decrease was 
primarily due to a decrease in the number of organic sales in 2018 as we were more focused on acquisitions of 
businesses, customer portfolio additions, and integration.

50

Operating Segment Results 

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(in thousands, except volume and per unit operating data)

Retail Electricity Segment
Total Revenues

Retail Cost of Revenues

Less: Net (Losses) Gains on non-trading derivatives, net of 
cash settlements
Retail Gross Margin (1) —Electricity 
Volumes—Electricity (MWhs)
Retail Gross Margin (2) —Electricity per MWh

Retail Natural Gas Segment

Total Revenues

Retail Cost of Revenues

Less: Net (Losses) Gains on non-trading derivatives, net of 
cash settlements
Retail Gross Margin (1) —Gas
Volumes—Gas (MMBtus)
Retail Gross Margin (2) —Gas per MMBtu

$

$

$

$

$

$

688,451

$

863,451

$

552,250

762,771

(24,339)
160,540

6,416,568

25.02

$

$

(23,988)
124,668

8,630,653

14.44

$

$

122,503

$

137,966

$

62,975

(672)
60,200

14,543,563

4.14

$

$

82,722

(5,197)
60,441

16,778,393

3.60

$

$

657,566

477,012

22,086

158,468

6,755,663

23.46

141,206

75,155

10

66,041

18,203,684

3.63

(1)   Reflects the Retail Gross Margin attributable to our Retail Electricity Segment or Retail Natural Gas Segment, as applicable. Retail 

Gross Margin is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “—Non-GAAP Performance Measures” for a reconciliation of Retail Gross Margin 
to most directly comparable financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP.

(2)   Reflects the Retail Gross Margin for the Retail Electricity Segment or Retail Natural Gas Segment, as applicable, divided by the total 

volumes in MWh or MMBtu, respectively.

Retail Electricity Segment

Total revenues for the Retail Electricity Segment for the year ended December 31, 2019 were approximately $688.5 
million, a decrease of approximately $175.0 million, or 20%, from approximately $863.5 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2018. This decrease was largely due to lower volumes sold, resulting in a decrease of $221.5 million 
as a result of a smaller C&I customer book in 2019. This decrease was partially offset by higher weighted average 
electricity rates, due to our customer mix shifting away from large C&I customers, which resulted in an increase of 
$46.5 million. Total revenues for the Retail Electricity Segment for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased 
approximately $205.9 million, or 31%, from approximately $657.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. 
This increase was largely due to an increase in volumes, a result of our acquisitions of HIKO and two customer 
portfolios, full year results from the Verde Companies, a larger C&I customer book in 2018, extreme cold weather 
in the first quarter of 2018, and warmer than normal weather in the second and third quarters of 2018, resulting in 
an increase of $182.5 million. This increase was further impacted by the higher electricity pricing environment, 
which resulted in an increase of $23.4 million.

Retail cost of revenues for the Retail Electricity Segment for the year ended December 31, 2019 was approximately 
$552.3 million, a decrease of approximately $210.5 million, or 28%, from approximately $762.8 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in volumes, resulting in a decrease of 
$189.5 million. This decrease was further impacted by decreased electricity supply costs, which resulted in a 
decrease in retail cost of revenues of $21.4 million. Additionally, there was an increase of $0.4 million due to a 
change in the value of our retail derivative portfolio used in hedging. Retail cost of revenues for the Retail 
Electricity Segment for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased approximately $285.8 million, or 60%, from 
approximately $477.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to an increase 
in volumes as a result of the acquisitions of HIKO and two customers portfolios, full year results from the Verde 

51

 
  
 
Companies, a larger C&I customer book in 2018, extreme cold weather in the first quarter of 2018, and warmer 
than normal weather in second and third quarter of 2018, resulting in an increase of $138.5 million. This increase 
was further impacted by increased electricity prices, REC requirements and capacity costs, which resulted in an 
increase in retail cost of revenues of $101.2 million. Additionally, there was an increase of $46.1 million due to a 
change in the value of our retail derivative portfolio used in hedging.

Retail gross margin for the Retail Electricity Segment for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased 
approximately $35.8 million, or 29%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, and 2018 decreased 
approximately $33.8 million or 21% as compared to December 31, 2017 as indicated in the table below (in 
millions).

Change in volumes sold

Change in unit margin per MWh

Change in retail electricity segment retail gross margin

2019 vs. 2018

2018 vs. 2017

$

$

(32.0)

67.8

35.8

$

$

44.0

(77.8)

(33.8)

Unit margins were positively impacted in 2019 compared to prior year primarily as a result of the higher volumes 
from our residential customers, which tend to have higher unit margins than our C&I customers. Unit margins were 
negatively impacted in 2018 compared to prior year primarily as a result of higher volumes from our C&I 
customers.

The volumes of electricity sold decreased from 8,630,653 MWh for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 6,416,568 
MWh for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was primarily due to a smaller C&I customer book in 
2019. The volumes of electricity sold increased from 6,755,663 MWh for the year ended December 31, 2017 to 
8,630,653 MWh for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to our acquisitions of 
HIKO and two customer portfolios, full year results from the Verde Companies, a larger C&I customer book in 
2018, extreme cold weather in the first quarter of 2018, and warmer than normal weather in the second and third 
quarters of 2018.

Retail Natural Gas Segment

Total revenues for the Retail Natural Gas Segment for the year ended December 31, 2019 were approximately 
$122.5 million, a decrease of approximately $15.5 million, or 11%, from approximately $138.0 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2018. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in volumes of $18.4 million, 
offset by higher rates, which resulted in an increase in total revenues of $2.9 million. Total revenues for the Retail 
Natural Gas Segment for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased by approximately $3.2 million, or 2%, from 
approximately $141.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This decrease was primarily attributable to an 
increase in price of $7.9 million, offset by a decrease in customer sales volume, which decreased total revenues by 
$11.1 million.

Retail cost of revenues for the Retail Natural Gas Segment for the year ended December 31, 2019 were 
approximately $63.0 million, a decrease of approximately $19.7 million, or 24%, from approximately $82.7 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease was primarily due to decreased supply costs of $4.9 million, a 
decrease of $10.3 million related to decreased volumes, and a decrease of $4.5 million due to change in the fair 
value of our retail derivative portfolio used for hedging. Retail cost of revenues for the Retail Natural Gas Segment 
for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased approximately $7.5 million, or 10%, from approximately $75.2 
million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was due to increased supply costs of $8.2 million, $5.2 
million change in the fair value of our retail derivative portfolio used for hedging, offset by $5.9 million related to 
decreased volumes.

Retail gross margin for the Retail Natural Gas Segment for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by 
approximately $0.2 million, or less than 1% from approximately $60.4 million for the year ended December 31, 

52

2018, and 2018 decreased approximately $5.6 million or 8% from approximately $66.0 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2017 as indicated in the table below (in millions).

Change in volumes sold

Change in unit margin per MMBtu

Change in retail natural gas segment retail gross margin

2019 vs. 2018

2018 vs. 2017

$

$

(8.1)

7.9

(0.2)

$

$

(5.2)

(0.4)

(5.6)

Unit margins were positively impacted in 2019 compared to prior year as a result of higher volumes from our 
residential customers, which tend to have higher unit margins than our C&I customers. Unit margins were 
negatively impacted in 2018 compared to prior year primarily as a result of higher volume from our C&I customers.

The volumes of natural gas sold decreased from 16,778,393 MMBtu for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 
14,543,563 MMBtu for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was primarily due to warmer-than-normal 
weather in the second and third quarters of 2019. The volumes of natural gas sold decreased from 18,203,684 
MMBtu for the year ended December 31, 2017 to 16,778,393 MMBtu for the year ended December 31, 2018. This 
decrease was primarily due to warmer-than-normal weather in the second and third quarters of 2018.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated from operations and borrowings under our Senior Credit 
Facility. Our principal liquidity requirements are to meet our financial commitments, finance current operations, 
fund organic growth and/or acquisitions, service debt and pay dividends. Our liquidity requirements fluctuate with 
our level of customer acquisition costs, acquisitions, collateral posting requirements on our derivative instruments 
portfolio, distributions, the effects of the timing between the settlement of payables and receivables, including the 
effect of bad debts, weather conditions, and our general working capital needs for ongoing operations. We believe 
that cash generated from operations and our available liquidity sources will be sufficient to sustain current 
operations and to pay required taxes and quarterly cash distributions, including the quarterly dividends to the 
holders of the Class A common stock and the Series A Preferred Stock, for the next twelve months. Estimating our 
liquidity requirements is highly dependent on then-current market conditions, including weather events, forward 
prices for natural gas and electricity, market volatility and our then existing capital structure and requirements. 

We believe that the financing of any additional growth through acquisitions and/or the need for more liquidity in the 
first half of 2020 may require further equity or debt financing and/or further expansion of our Senior Credit Facility.

Liquidity Position

The following table details our available liquidity as of December 31, 2019:

($ in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents
Senior Credit Facility Availability (1)
Subordinated Debt Facility Availability (2)
Total Liquidity

December 31,

2019

$

$

56,664

57,068

25,000
138,732

(1)   Reflects amount of Letters of Credit that could be issued based on existing covenants as of December 31, 2019.
(2)   The availability of the Subordinated Facility is dependent on our Founder's willingness and ability to lend. See "—Sources of Liquidity

—Subordinated Debt Facility."

53

Borrowings and related posting of letters of credit under our Senior Credit Facility are subject to material variations 
on a seasonal basis due to the timing of commodity purchases to satisfy natural gas inventory requirements and to 
meet customer demands during periods of peak usage. Additionally, borrowings are subject to borrowing base and 
covenant restrictions.

Cash Flows

Our cash flows were as follows for the respective periods (in thousands):

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

$

$

91,735

$

1,398
$
(85,103) $

59,763
$
(18,981) $
(20,563) $

62,131
(77,558)
25,886

Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities. Cash flows provided by operating activities for the year ended 
December 31, 2019 increased by $32.0 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was 
primarily the result of a higher net income in 2019 coupled with a decrease in the changes in working capital for the 
year ended December 31, 2019. Cash flows provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 
decreased by $2.4 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily the result of 
a decrease in the changes in working capital for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the impact of extreme 
weather events during the first quarter of 2018.

Cash Flows Provided by Investing Activities. Cash flows provided by investing activities increased by $20.4 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily the result of a reduction in the amount of cash 
paid for acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, 
and proceeds received from the sale of the Company's equity method investment in 2019. Cash flows used in 
investing activities decreased by $58.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily 
the result of the $81.3 million acquisition of the Verde Companies, Perigee and other customers during the year 
ended December 31, 2017, offset by the acquisition of HIKO of $14.3 million during the year ended December 31, 
2018.

Cash Flows Used in Financing Activities. Cash flows used in financing activities increased by $64.5 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in cash flows used in financing activities was primarily due to 
increased net paydown of our Senior Credit Facility and subordinated debt, as well as payments to settle the 
Company's Tax Receivable Agreement liability. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2018, we received 
proceeds from the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock of approximately $48.5 million, which did not reoccur 
during 2019. Cash flows used in financing activities increased by $46.4 million for the year ended December 31, 
2018. The increase in cash flows used in financing activities was primarily due to increased net paydown of our 
Senior Credit Facility, additional dividends paid to holders of Series A Preferred Stock, payments related to the 
Verde Promissory Note and payments associated with the acquisition of customers from an affiliate for the year 
ended December 31, 2018.

Sources of Liquidity and Capital Resources

Senior Credit Facility 

As of December 31, 2019, we had total commitments of $217.5 million, of which $160.4 million was 
outstanding, including $37.4 million of outstanding letters of credit. In January 2019, our total commitments under 
our Senior Credit Facility increased to $217.5 million. Under the Senior Credit Facility, we have various limits on 
advances for Working Capital Loans, Letters of Credit and Bridge Loans. The Senior Credit Facility matures on 
May 19, 2021. For a description of the terms and conditions of our Senior Credit Facility, including descriptions of 
the interest rate, commitment fee, covenants and terms of default, please see Note 10 "Debt" in the notes to our 

54

  
  
consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants under our 
Senior Credit Facility.

Amended and Restated Subordinated Debt Facility

Our Subordinated Debt Facility allows us to draw advances in increments of no less than $1.0 million per advance 
up to $25.0 million. Although we may use the Subordinated Debt Facility from time to time to enhance short term 
liquidity, we do not view the Subordinated Debt Facility as a material source of liquidity. See Note 10 "Debt" for 
additional details. As of December 31, 2019, there was zero outstanding borrowings under the Subordinated Debt 
Facility.

Uses of Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Repayment of Current Portion of Senior Credit Facility 

Our Senior Credit Facility matures in 2021, and thus, no amounts are due currently. However, due to the revolving 
nature of the facility, excess cash available is generally used to reduce the balance outstanding, which at 
December 31, 2019 was $123.0 million. The current variable interest rate on the facility at December 31, 2019 was 
4.71%.

Customer Acquisitions

Our customer acquisition strategy consists of customer growth obtained through organic customer additions as well 
as opportunistic acquisitions. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we spent a total of $18.7 
million and $13.7 million, respectively, on organic customer acquisitions. Our ability to grow our customer base 
organically or by acquisition is important to our success as we experience ongoing customer attrition each period. 

Capital Expenditures

Our capital requirements each year are relatively low and generally consist of minor purchases of equipment or 
information system upgrades and improvements. Capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2019 
included approximately $1.1 million related to information systems improvements.

Dividends and Distributions

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we paid dividends to holders of our Class A common stock of $0.725 per 
share or $10.4 million in the aggregate. In order to pay our stated dividends to holders of our Class A common 
stock, our subsidiary, Spark HoldCo is required to make corresponding distributions to holders of Class B common 
stock (our non-controlling interest holders). As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2019, Spark HoldCo 
made distributions of $15.1 million to our non-controlling interest holders related to the dividend payments to our 
Class A shareholders.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we paid $8.1 million of dividends to holders of our Series A Preferred 
Stock, and as of December 31, 2019, we had accrued $2.0 million related to dividends to holders of our Series A 
Preferred Stock, which we paid on January 15, 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we declared dividends 
of $2.1875 per share or $8.1 million in the aggregate on our Series A Preferred Stock.

On January 21, 2020, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend in the amount of $0.18125 per 
share to holders of our Class A common stock and $0.546875 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock. Dividends 
on Class A common stock will be paid on March 16, 2020 to holders of record on March 2, 2020 and Series A 
Preferred Stock dividends will be paid on April 15, 2020 to holders of record on April 1, 2020.

55

 
Our ability to pay dividends in the future will depend on many factors, including the performance of our business 
and restrictions under our Senior Credit Facility. If our business does not generate sufficient cash for Spark HoldCo 
to make distributions to us to fund our Class A common stock and Series A Preferred Stock dividends, we may have 
to borrow to pay such amounts. Further, even if our business generates cash in excess of our current annual 
dividend (of $0.725 per share on our Class A common stock), we may reinvest such excess cash flows in our 
business and not increase the dividends payable to holders of our Class A common stock. Our future dividend 
policy is within the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon the results of our operations, our 
financial condition, capital requirements and investment opportunities.

Verde Promissory Note

In January 2018, we issued an amended and restated promissory note to the sellers of the Verde Companies (the 
"Verde Promissory Note"). As of December 31, 2018, there was $1.0 million outstanding under the Verde 
Promissory Note, all of which was paid in January 2019. The note bore interest at 9% per annum, and we made 
monthly payments of principal and associated interest, a portion of which was deposited into an escrow account to 
provide security for certain indemnification claims and obligations under the Verde purchase agreement. As of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, a total of $5.3 million and $7.6 million was held in escrow for such claims.

Verde Earnout Termination Note

In January 2018, we issued a promissory note in the principal amount of $5.9 million in connection with an 
agreement to terminate the earnout obligation arising in connection with our acquisition of the Verde Companies 
(the "Verde Earnout Termination Note"). The Verde Earnout Termination Note matured in June 2019 and bore 
interest at a rate of 9% per annum. Under the terms of the Verde Earnout Termination Note, we were permitted to 
withhold amounts otherwise due at maturity related to certain indemnifiable matters. A payment of $1.0 million was 
made to the seller of the Verde Companies in June 2019, and $4.9 million was withheld (the “Verde Holdback”) to 
be applied to indemnifiable matters. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was zero and $5.9 million 
outstanding under the Verde Earnout Termination Note, respectively.

56

Summary of Contractual Obligations

The following table discloses aggregate information about our contractual obligations and commercial 
commitments as of December 31, 2019 (in millions): 

Purchase obligations:

Pipeline transportation agreements
Other purchase obligations (1)
Total purchase obligations

Senior Credit Facility
Debt

Total

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

> 5 years

$

$

6.6 $

0.9 $

1.5 $

0.7 $

0.7 $

0.7 $

9.4

6.1

2.8

0.5

—

—

16.0 $

7.0 $

4.3 $

1.2 $

0.7 $

0.7 $

$ 123.0 $ — $ 123.0 $ — $ — $ — $

$ 123.0 $ — $ 123.0 $ — $ — $ — $

2.1

—

2.1

—

—

(1)   The amounts presented here include contracts for billing services and other software agreements to support our operations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2019, we had no material "off-balance sheet arrangements."

57

Related Party Transactions

For a discussion of related party transactions, see Note 15 "Transactions with Affiliates" in the Company’s audited 
consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 "Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant 
Accounting Policies" to our audited consolidated financial statements. We prepare our financial statements in 
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and pursuant to the rules 
and regulations of the SEC, which require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in 
the financial statements and accompanying footnotes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. We consider 
the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing our 
financial statements and the uncertainties that could impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition and Retail Cost of Revenues

Our revenues are derived primarily from the sale of natural gas and electricity to retail customers. We also record 
revenues from sales of natural gas and electricity to wholesale counterparties, including affiliates. Revenues are 
recognized when the natural gas or electricity is delivered. Similarly, cost of revenues is recognized when the 
commodity is delivered.

In each period, natural gas and electricity that has been delivered but not billed by period is estimated. Accrued 
unbilled revenues are based on estimates of customer usage since the date of the last meter read and are provided by 
the utility. Volume estimates are based on forecasted volumes and estimated customer usage by class. Unbilled 
revenues are calculated by multiplying these volume estimates by the applicable rate by customer class. Estimated 
amounts are adjusted when actual usage is known and billed.

The cost of natural gas and electricity for sale to retail customers is similarly based on estimated supply volumes for 
the applicable reporting period. In estimating supply volumes, we consider the effects of historical customer 
volumes, weather factors and usage by customer class. Transmission and distribution delivery fees, where 
applicable, are estimated using the same method used for sales to retail customers. In addition, other load related 
costs, such as ISO fees, ancillary services and renewable energy credits are estimated based on historical trends, 
estimated supply volumes and initial utility data. Volume estimates are then multiplied by the supply rate and 
recorded as retail cost of revenues in the applicable reporting period. Estimated amounts are adjusted when actual 
usage is known and billed.

Business Combinations

When we acquire a business or a book of customers, we assign and allocate the purchase price to the identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value. Generally, the amount recorded in the 
financial statements for an acquisition’s assets and liabilities is equal to the purchase price (the fair value of the 
consideration paid); however, when the purchase price exceeds the underlying fair value of the net assets acquired, 
we recognize goodwill. Conversely, a purchase price that is below the fair value of the net assets acquired will 
result in the recognition of a bargain purchase in the income statement.

In addition to the potential for the recognition of goodwill or a bargain purchase, differing fair values will impact 
the allocation of the purchase price to the individual assets and liabilities and can impact the gross amount and 
classification of assets and liabilities recorded in our consolidated balance sheets, which can impact the timing and 
amount of depreciation and amortization expense recorded in any given period.

In estimating fair value, we use discounted cash flow (“DCF”) projections, recent comparable market transactions, 
if available, or quoted prices. We consider assumptions that third parties would make in estimating fair value, 

58

including, but not limited to, the highest and best use of the asset. There is a significant amount of judgment 
involved in cash-flow estimates, including assumptions regarding market convergence, discount rates, commodity 
prices, customer attrition, useful lives and growth factors. The assumptions used by another party could differ 
significantly from our assumptions. 

We utilize our best effort to make our determinations and review all information available, including estimated 
future cash flows and prices of similar assets when making our best estimate. We also may hire independent 
appraisers or valuation specialists to help us make this determination as we deem appropriate under the 
circumstances. Refer to Note 4 "Acquisitions" for further discussion of assumptions used in acquisitions. 

There is a significant amount of judgment in determining the fair value of acquisitions and in allocating the 
purchase price to individual assets and liabilities. Had different assumptions been used, the fair value of the assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed could have been significantly higher or lower with a corresponding increase or 
reduction in recognized goodwill, or could have required recognition of a bargain purchase.

In the case of acquisitions that involve potential future contingent consideration, we record on the date of 
acquisition a liability equal to the fair value of the estimated additional consideration we may be obligated to pay in 
the future.  We re-measure this liability each reporting period and record changes in the fair value as general and 
administrative expense. Increase or decreases in the fair value of the contingent consideration can result from 
changes in in the timing or likelihood of achieving revenue or customer count thresholds. The use of alternative 
valuation assumptions, including estimated revenue projections, growth rates, cash flows and discount rates and 
alternative estimated probabilities surrounding revenue or customer count thresholds could result in different 
expense related to contingent consideration.

Goodwill

As noted above, Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of the assets of businesses. The goodwill on 
our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 is associated with both our Retail Natural Gas and Retail 
Electricity reporting units. We determine our reporting units by identifying each unit that is engaged in business 
activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, has operating results regularly reviewed by the 
segment manager for purposes of resource allocation and performance assessment, and has discrete financial 
information. 

Goodwill is assessed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that impairment of the carrying 
value of goodwill is likely, but no less often than annually. Our annual assessment, absent a triggering event is as of 
October 31 of each year. On October 31, 2019, we elected to perform a qualitative assessment of goodwill in 
accordance with guidance from ASC 350. This guidance permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to 
determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as 
a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. If we fail the 
qualitative test or if we elect to by-pass the qualitative assessment, then we must compare our estimate of the fair 
value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit 
exceeds its fair value, we would recognize a goodwill impairment loss for the amount by which the reporting unit’s 
carrying value exceeds its fair value. All of these assessments and calculations, including the determination of 
whether a triggering event has occurred to undertake an assessment of goodwill involve a high degree of judgment.

We completed our annual assessment of goodwill impairment at October 31, 2019, and the test indicated no 
impairment.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The Company recognizes the amount of taxes payable or refundable for each tax year. In addition, the Company 
follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes where deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements 
or tax returns and operating loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax 

59

rates expected to apply to taxable income in those years in which those temporary differences are expected to be 
recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is recognized in 
income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets if it 
is more likely than not that these items will not be realized.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that 
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is 
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences 
become deductible. Management considers the projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in 
making this assessment. All of these determinations involve estimates and assumptions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2 "Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for a discussion of recent 
accounting pronouncements.

Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, we may become party to lawsuits, administrative proceedings and governmental 
investigations, including regulatory and other matters. Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, 
assessments, litigation, fines, penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been 
incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. For a discussion of the status of current legal and regulatory 
matters, see Note 14 "Commitments and Contingencies" in the Company’s audited consolidated financial 
statements.

60

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risks relating to our operations result primarily from changes in commodity prices and interest rates, as well 
as counterparty credit risk. We employ established risk management policies and procedures to manage, measure, 
and limit our exposure to these risks. 

Commodity Price Risk

We hedge and procure our energy requirements from various wholesale energy markets, including both physical and 
financial markets and through short and long-term contracts. Our financial results are largely dependent on the 
margin we are able to realize between the wholesale purchase price of natural gas and electricity plus related costs 
and the retail sales price we charge our customers for these commodities. We actively manage our commodity price 
risk by entering into various derivative or non-derivative instruments to hedge the variability in future cash flows 
from fixed-price forecasted sales and purchases of natural gas and electricity in connection with our retail energy 
operations. These instruments include forwards, futures, swaps, and option contracts traded on various exchanges, 
such as NYMEX and Intercontinental Exchange, or ICE, as well as over-the-counter markets. These contracts have 
varying terms and durations, which range from a few days to several years, depending on the instrument. We also 
utilize similar derivative contracts in connection with our asset optimization activities to attempt to generate 
incremental gross margin by effecting transactions in markets where we have a retail presence. Generally, any such 
instruments that are entered into to support our retail electricity and natural gas business are categorized as having 
been entered into for non-trading purposes, and instruments entered into for any other purpose are categorized as 
having been entered into for trading purposes.

Our net loss on our non-trading derivative instruments, net of cash settlements, was $25.0 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2019. 

We have adopted risk management policies to measure and limit market risk associated with our fixed-price 
portfolio and our hedging activities.

We measure the commodity risk of our non-trading energy derivatives using a sensitivity analysis on our net open 
position. As of December 31, 2019, our Gas Non-Trading Fixed Price Open Position (hedges net of retail load) was 
a short position of 388,833 MMBtu. An increase of 10% in the market prices (NYMEX) from their December 31, 
2019 levels would have increased the fair market value of our net non-trading energy portfolio by $0.1 million. 
Likewise, a decrease of 10% in the market prices (NYMEX) from their December 31, 2019 levels would have 
decreased the fair market value of our non-trading energy derivatives by $0.1 million. As of December 31, 2019, 
our Electricity Non-Trading Fixed Price Open Position (hedges net of retail load) was a short position of 182,509 
MWhs. An increase of 10% in the forward market prices from their December 31, 2019 levels would have 
decreased the fair market value of our net non-trading energy portfolio by $0.4 million. Likewise, a decrease of 
10% in the forward market prices from their December 31, 2019 levels would have increased the fair market value 
of our non-trading energy derivatives by $0.4 million.

Credit Risk

In many of the utility services territories where we conduct business, Purchase of Receivables ("POR") programs 
have been established, whereby the local regulated utility purchases our receivables, and becomes responsible for 
billing the customer and collecting payment from the customer. This service results in substantially all of our credit 
risk being with the utility and not to our end-use customer in these territories. Approximately 67%, 66% and 66% of 
our retail revenues were derived from territories in which substantially all of our credit risk was with local regulated 
utility companies as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, all of which had investment grade ratings 
as of such date. During the same period, we paid these local regulated utilities a weighted average discount of 
approximately 0.8%, 1.0% and 1.1%, respectively, of total revenues for customer credit risk protection. In certain of 
the POR markets in which we operate, the utilities limit their collections exposure by retaining the ability to transfer 
a delinquent account back to us for collection when collections are past due for a specified period. 

61

If our collection efforts are unsuccessful, we return the account to the local regulated utility for termination of 
service. Under these service programs, we are exposed to credit risk related to payment for services rendered during 
the time between when the customer is transferred to us by the local regulated utility and the time we return the 
customer to the utility for termination of service, which is generally one to two billing periods. We may also realize 
a loss on fixed-price customers in this scenario due to the fact that we will have already fully hedged the customer's 
expected commodity usage for the life of the contract.

In non-POR markets (and in POR markets where we may choose to direct bill our customers), we manage customer 
credit risk through formal credit review in the case of commercial customers, and credit score screening, deposits 
and disconnection for non-payment, in the case of residential customers. Economic conditions may affect our 
customers' ability to pay bills in a timely manner, which could increase customer delinquencies and may lead to an 
increase in bad debt expense. Our bad debt expense for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was 
approximately 3.3%, 2.6% and 2.5% of non-POR market retail revenues, respectively. See “Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Drivers of Our Business—Customer 
Credit Risk” for an analysis of our bad debt expense related to non-POR markets during 2019.

We are exposed to wholesale counterparty credit risk in our retail and asset optimization activities. We manage this 
risk at a counterparty level and secure our exposure with collateral or guarantees when needed. At December 31, 
2019 and 2018, approximately $0.1 million and $4.1 million of our total exposure of $3.1 million and $22.7 
million, respectively, was either with a non-investment grade counterparty or otherwise not secured with collateral 
or a guarantee. The credit worthiness of the remaining exposure with other customers was evaluated with no 
material allowance recorded at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates under our variable-price debt obligations. At December 31, 2019, we 
were co-borrowers under the Senior Credit Facility, under which $123.0 million of variable rate indebtedness was 
outstanding. Based on the average amount of our variable rate indebtedness outstanding during the year ended 
December 31, 2019, a 1% percent increase in interest rates would have resulted in additional annual interest 
expense of approximately $1.2 million. We currently have two interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate 
risk.

62

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMS

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND DECEMBER 31, 2018

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2019, 2018 AND 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

64

65

68

70

71

73

75

63

 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

It is the responsibility of the management of Spark Energy, Inc. to establish and maintain adequate internal control 
over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) 
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the 
supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors, 
management, and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

•  Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions 

and dispositions of the assets;

•  Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and the receipts and expenditures 
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

•  Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, 

or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate.

Management  has  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2019, utilizing the criteria in the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission’s 
Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on its assessment, our management concluded the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019.

Ernst  & Young  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  who  audited  the  Company's  consolidated 
financial statements included in this Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company's internal control 
over financial reporting, which is included herein. 

64

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Spark Energy, Inc. 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Spark Energy, Inc. (the Company) as of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), 
changes in equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related 
notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial 
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 
2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 
2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based 
on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 5, 2020 expressed an 
unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with 
the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal 
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the 
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of 
material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that 
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial 
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as Spark Energy, Inc.’s auditor since 2018.

Houston, Texas
March 5, 2020

65

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Spark Energy, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Spark Energy, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Spark Energy, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all 
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of Spark Energy, Inc. as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related 
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity and cash flows for each of the two years 
in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial 
statements”), and our report dated March 5, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management Report 
on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be 
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects.  

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material 
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Houston, Texas

March 5, 2020

66

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Spark Energy, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in 
equity, and cash flows of Spark Energy, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) for the year ended December 31, 2017, and 
the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial 
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Company’s operations and its cash flows for the year 
ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the 
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the 
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, 
whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such 
procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial 
statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, 
as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2011 to 2018.

Houston, Texas

March 9, 2018, except for note 3, as to which the date is March 5, 2020.

67

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SPARK ENERGY, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND DECEMBER 31, 2018 
(in thousands, except share counts)

68

Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,797 and $3,353 as of
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

Accounts receivable—affiliates
Inventory
Fair value of derivative assets
Customer acquisition costs, net
Customer relationships, net
Deposits
Renewable energy credit asset
Other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Fair value of derivative assets
Customer acquisition costs, net
Customer relationships, net
Deferred tax assets
Goodwill
Other assets

Total Assets

Liabilities, Series A Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accounts payable—affiliates
Accrued liabilities
Renewable energy credit liability
Fair value of derivative liabilities
Current payable pursuant to tax receivable agreement—affiliates
Current contingent consideration for acquisitions
Current portion of note payable
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term liabilities:

Fair value of derivative liabilities
Payable pursuant to tax receivable agreement—affiliates
Long-term portion of Senior Credit Facility
Subordinated debt—affiliate
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

$

$

$

$

$

$

56,664
1,004

113,635

2,032
2,954
464
8,649
13,607
6,806
24,204
6,109
236,128
3,267
106
9,845
17,767
29,865
120,343
5,647
422,968

48,245
1,009
37,941
33,120
19,943
—
—
—
1,697
141,955

495
—
123,000
—
217
265,667

41,002
8,636

150,866

2,558
3,878
7,289
14,431
16,630
9,226
25,717
11,747
291,980
4,366
3,276
3,893
26,429
27,321
120,343
11,130
488,738

68,790
2,464
10,845
42,805
6,478
1,658
1,328
6,936
647
141,951

106
25,917
129,500
10,000
212
307,686

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 3,707,256 shares
issued and 3,677,318 shares outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 3,707,256 shares issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2018

90,015

90,758

Stockholders' equity:

       Common Stock :

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 120,000,000 shares authorized,
14,478,999 issued and 14,379,553 outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 14,178,284
issued and 14,078,838 outstanding at December 31, 2018

Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 60,000,000 shares authorized,
20,800,000 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 20,800,000 issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2018

        Additional paid-in capital
        Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)/income
        Retained earnings

Treasury stock, at cost, 99,446 shares at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

       Total stockholders' equity
Non-controlling interest in Spark HoldCo, LLC

       Total equity

Total Liabilities, Series A Preferred Stock and stockholders' equity

$

145

142

209

51,842
(40)
1,074

(2,011)
51,219
16,067
67,286
422,968

$

209

46,157
2
1,307

(2,011)
45,806
44,488
90,294
488,738

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

69

     SPARK ENERGY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) FOR THE YEARS ENDED 
DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
(in thousands, except per share data)

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

Revenues:

Retail revenues

Net asset optimization revenues (expense)

Total revenues

Operating expenses:

Retail cost of revenues

General and administrative

Depreciation and amortization

Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)
Other (expense)/income:
Interest expense

Change in tax receivable agreement liability

Gain on disposal of eRex

Total other income/(expense)

Total other (expense)/income

Income (loss) before income tax expense

Income tax expense 

Net income (loss)

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

Net income (loss) attributable to Spark Energy, Inc. stockholders

Less: Dividend on Series A preferred stock

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders of Class A common 
stock
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

Currency translation (loss) gain
Other comprehensive (loss) income

Comprehensive income (loss)

Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling 
interest

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Spark Energy, Inc. 
stockholders

Net income (loss) attributable to Spark Energy, Inc. per share of Class 
A common stock

       Basic

       Diluted

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding

       Basic

       Diluted

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

810,954

$

1,001,417

$

2,771

813,725

615,225

133,534

40,987
789,746
23,979

(8,621)
—

4,862

1,250
(2,509)
21,470
7,257

14,213
5,763

8,450

8,091

$

$

4,511

1,005,928

845,493

111,431

52,658
1,009,582
(3,654)

(9,410)
—

—

749
(8,661)
(12,315)
2,077
(14,392) $
(13,206)

(1,186) $
8,109

798,772
(717)
798,055

552,167

101,127

42,341
695,635
102,420

(11,134)
22,267

—

256

11,389
113,809

38,765

75,044
55,799

19,245

3,038

359

$

(9,295) $

16,207

(102)
(102)
14,111

$

31

31
(14,361) $

(59)
(59)
74,985

5,703

(13,188)

55,762

8,408

$

(1,173) $

19,223

0.03

0.02

$

$

(0.69) $
(0.69) $

14,286

14,568

13,390

13,390

1.23

1.21

13,143

13,346

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

70

SPARK ENERGY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 
(in thousands)

Issued 
Shares of 
Class A 
Common 
Stock

Issued 
Shares of 
Class B 
Common 
Stock

Treasury 
Stock

Class A 
Common 
Stock

Class B 
Common 
Stock

Treasury 
Stock

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital

Retained 
Earnings 
(Deficit)

Total 
Stockholders' 
Equity

Non-
controlling 
Interest 

Total
Equity

12,993

20,450

— $

130 $

206 $

— $

11 $

39,187 $

4,711 $

44,245 $

72,010 $116,255

—

242

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,035

—

—

—

—

(99)

—

—

—

2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

10

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(2,011)

—

—

—

—

—

(22)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2,754

1,052

—

—

2,754

1,054

—

—

2,754

1,054

—

19,245

19,245

55,799

75,044

—

—

—

—

—

—

708

(2,872)

—

—

6,511

471

—

—

—

—

(22)

(37)

(59)

—

—

—

176

176

(33,800)

(33,800)

274

274

(9,519)

(9,519)

— (9,519)

(3,038)

(3,038)

— (3,038)

—

—

—

—

—

—

708

—

708

(2,872)

— (2,872)

10

7,608

7,618

(2,011)

— (2,011)

6,511

—

6,511

471

(471)

—

13,235

21,485

(99) $

132 $

216 $ (2,011) $

(11) $

47,811 $ 11,399 $

57,536 $

101,559 $159,095

—

258

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5,703

(1,018)

—

—

5,703

—

5,703

(1,015)

— (1,015)

—

(1,186)

(1,186)

(13,206)

(14,392)

—

—

—

—

—

—

13

—

—

13

18

31

71

Balance at 
12/31/2016:

Stock based 
compensation

Restricted stock 
unit vesting

Consolidated 
net income

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
adjustment for 
equity method 
investee

Beneficial 
conversion 
feature

Distributions 
paid to non-
controlling unit 
holders

Net contribution 
by NG&E

Dividends paid 
to Class A 
common 
stockholders 
($0.725 per 
share)

Dividends to 
Preferred Stock

Proceeds from 
disgorgement of 
stockholder 
short-swing 
profits

Tax receivable 
agreement 
liability true-up

Conversion of 
Convertible 
Subordinated 
Notes to Class B 
Common Stock

Treasury Stock

Remeasurement 
of deferred tax 
assets

Changes in 
ownership 
interest

Balance at 
12/31/2017:

Stock based 
compensation

Restricted stock 
unit vesting

Consolidated 
net income

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
adjustment for 
equity method 
investee

Distributions 
paid to non-
controlling unit 
holders

Dividends paid 
to Class A 
common 
stockholders 
($0.725 per 
share)

Dividends to 
Preferred Stock

Exchange of 
shares of Class 
B common 
stock to shares 
of Class A 
common stock

Acquisition of 
Customers from 
Affiliate

Remeasurement 
of deferred tax 
assets

Changes in 
ownership 
interest

Balance at 
12/31/2018:

Stock based
compensation

Restricted stock
unit vesting

Consolidated
net income

Foreign
currency
translation
adjustment for
equity method
investee

Gain on
settlement of
TRA, net of tax

Distributions
paid to non-
controlling unit
holders

Dividends paid
to Class A
common
stockholders
($0.725 per
share)

Changes in
ownership
interest

Dividends to
Preferred
Shareholders

Proceeds from
disgorgement of
stockholder
short-swing
profits

Acquisition of
Customers from
Affiliate

Balance at
12/31/2019:

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(35,478)

(35,478)

—

—

—

—

685

(685)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

7

—

—

—

—

—

(7)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(4,932)

(4,851)

(9,783)

— (9,783)

(4,055)

(4,055)

(8,110)

— (8,110)

—

—

1,372

1,276

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(7,129)

(7,129)

1,372

—

1,372

1,276

(1,276)

—

14,178

20,800

(99) $

142 $

209 $ (2,011) $

2 $

46,157 $

1,307 $

45,806 $

44,488 $ 90,294

—

301

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5,271

(1,107)

—

—

5,271

—

5,271

(1,104)

— (1,104)

—

8,450

8,450

5,763

14,213

(42)

—

—

11,951

—

—

(42)

(60)

(102)

11,951

— 11,951

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(34,794)

(34,794)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(7,776)

(2,606)

(10,382)

— (10,382)

—

(680)

—

(680)

680

—

—

(2,029)

(6,077)

(8,106)

— (8,106)

—

—

55

—

—

—

55

—

—

55

(10)

(10)

14,479

20,800

(99) $

145 $

209 $ (2,011) $

(40) $

51,842 $

1,074 $

51,219 $

16,067 $ 67,286

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

72

SPARK ENERGY, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017 
(in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows provided by operating 
activities:

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

14,213

$

(14,392) $

75,044

Depreciation and amortization expense
Deferred income taxes
Change in TRA liability
Stock based compensation
Amortization of deferred financing costs
Change in fair value of earnout liabilities
Accretion on fair value of earnout liabilities
Excess tax expense (benefit) related to restricted stock vesting
Bad debt expense
Loss (gain) on derivatives, net
Current period cash settlements on derivatives, net
Accretion of discount to convertible subordinated notes to affiliate
Earnout payments
Gain on disposal of eRex
Other

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable—affiliates
Decrease (increase) in inventory
Increase in customer acquisition costs
Decrease (increase) in prepaid and other current assets
Decrease (increase) in other assets
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable—affiliates
Decrease in other current liabilities
Increase (decrease) in other non-current liabilities
Decrease in intangible assets—customer acquisitions
Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment
Cash paid for acquisitions
Acquisition of Starion Customers
Disposal of eRex investment

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from (buyback) issuance of Series A Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs paid
Payment to affiliates for acquisition of customer book
Borrowings on notes payable
Payments on notes payable
Earnout Payments
Net paydown on subordinated debt facility
Payments on the Verde promissory note
Restricted stock vesting
Proceeds from disgorgement of stockholders short-swing profits
Payment of Tax Receivable Agreement Liability 
Payment of dividends to Class A common stockholders
Payment of distributions to non-controlling unitholders
Payment of Preferred Stock dividends
Purchase of Treasury Stock

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Increase in Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted cash—beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents and Restricted cash—end of period
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

Non-cash items:

Property and equipment purchase accrual
Holdback for Verde Note—Indemnified Matters

$

$
$

73

41,002
(6,929)
—
5,487
1,275
(1,328)
—
50
13,532
67,749
(41,919)
—
—
(4,862)
(776)

23,699
526
924
(18,685)
9,250
55
(8,620)
(1,455)
(1,459)
6
—
91,735

(1,120)
—
(5,913)
8,431
1,398

(743)
(10)
356,000
(362,500)
—
(10,000)
(2,036)
(1,348)
55
(11,239)
(10,382)
(34,794)
(8,106)
—
(85,103)
8,030
49,638
57,668

92
4,900

$

$
$

51,436
(2,328)
—
5,879
1,291
(1,715)
—
(101)
10,135
18,170
11,038
—
—
—
(882)

2,692
859
674
(13,673)
(14,033)
(335)
10,301
(2,158)
(3,050)
41
(86)
59,763

(1,429)
(17,552)
—
—
(18,981)

48,490
(7,129)
417,300
(403,050)
(1,607)
—
(13,422)
(2,895)
244
(6,219)
(9,783)
(35,478)
(7,014)
—
(20,563)
20,219
29,419
49,638

$

42,666
29,821
(22,267)
5,058
1,035
(7,898)
4,108
179
6,550
(5,008)
(19,598)
1,004
(1,781)
—
(5)

(32,361)
(1,459)
(718)
(25,874)
1,915
(465)
14,831
51
(1,210)
(1,487)
—
62,131

(1,704)
(75,854)
—
—
(77,558)

40,241
—
206,400
(152,939)
(18,418)
—
—
(3,091)
1,129
—
(9,519)
(33,800)
(2,106)
(2,011)
25,886
10,459
18,960
29,419

(123) $
— $

91
—

  
  
Write-off of tax benefit related to tax receivable agreement liability—affiliates
Gain on settlement of tax receivable agreement liability—affiliates
Net contribution by NG&E in excess of cash
Installment consideration incurred in connection with the Verde Companies acquisition 
and Verde Earnout Termination Note
Tax benefit from tax receivable agreement
Liability due to tax receivable agreement

Cash paid during the period for:

Interest
Taxes

$
$
$

$

$
$

$
$

4,384
16,336

$
$
— $

— $

— $
— $

— $
— $
— $

— $

(1,508) $
$
1,642

6,634
7,516

$
$

7,883
8,561

$
$

—
—
274

19,994

(1,802)
4,674

5,715
11,205

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

74

SPARK ENERGY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Formation and Organization 

We are an independent retail energy services company that provides residential and commercial customers in 
competitive markets across the United States with an alternative choice for natural gas and electricity. The 
Company is a holding company whose sole material asset consists of units in Spark HoldCo, LLC (“Spark 
HoldCo”). The Company is the sole managing member of Spark HoldCo, is responsible for all operational, 
management and administrative decisions relating to Spark HoldCo’s business and consolidates the financial results 
of Spark HoldCo and its subsidiaries. Spark HoldCo is the direct and indirect owner of the subsidiaries through 
which we operate. We conduct our business through several brands across our service areas, including CenStar 
Energy, Electricity Maine, Electricity N.H., HIKO Energy, Major Energy, Oasis Energy, Perigee Energy, Provider 
Power Massachusetts, Respond Power, Spark Energy, and Verde Energy.

2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis 
and include all wholly-owned and controlled subsidiaries. We account for investments over which we have 
significant influence but not a controlling financial interest using the equity method of accounting. All significant 
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. 

In the opinion of the Company's management, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all 
adjustments that are necessary to fairly present the financial position, the results of operations, the changes in equity 
and the cash flows of the Company for the respective periods. Such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature, 
unless otherwise disclosed.

Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date these financial statements are issued. Any material 
subsequent events that occurred prior to such date have been properly recognized or disclosed in the consolidated 
financial statements. 

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated 
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results could 
materially differ from those estimates. 

Relationship with our Founder and Majority Shareholder

W. Keith Maxwell, III (our "Founder") is the owner of a majority of the voting power of our common stock through 
his ownership of NuDevco Retail, LLC ("NuDevco Retail") and Retailco, LLC ("Retailco"). Retailco is a wholly 
owned subsidiary of TxEx Energy Investments, LLC ("TxEx"), which is wholly owned by Mr. Maxwell. NuDevco 
Retail is a wholly owned subsidiary of NuDevco Retail Holdings LLC ("NuDevco Retail Holdings"), which is a 
wholly owned subsidiary of Electric HoldCo, LLC, which is also a wholly owned subsidiary of TxEx.

75

We enter into transactions with and pay certain costs on behalf of affiliates that are commonly controlled by Mr. 
Maxwell, and these affiliates enter into transactions with and pay certain costs on our behalf. We undertake these 
transactions in order to reduce risk, reduce administrative expense, create economies of scale, create strategic 
alliances and supply goods and services among these related parties. 

These transactions include, but are not limited to, employee benefits provided through the Company’s benefit plans, 
insurance plans, leased office space, certain administrative salaries, management due diligence, recurring 
management consulting, and accounting, tax, legal, or technology services. Amounts billed under these 
arrangements are based on services provided, departmental usage, or headcount, which are considered reasonable 
by management. As such, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include costs that have been incurred 
by the Company and then directly billed or allocated to affiliates, and costs that have been incurred by our affiliates 
and then directly billed or allocated to us, and are recorded net in general and administrative expense on the 
consolidated statements of operations with a corresponding accounts receivable—affiliates or accounts payable—
affiliates, respectively, recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. Additionally, the Company enters into 
transactions with certain affiliates for sales or purchases of natural gas and electricity, which are recorded in retail 
revenues, retail cost of revenues, and net asset optimization revenues in the consolidated statements of operations 
with a corresponding accounts receivable—affiliate or accounts payable—affiliate in the consolidated balance 
sheets. The allocations and related estimates and assumptions are described more fully in Note 15 "Transactions 
with Affiliates." 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of all unrestricted demand deposits and funds invested in highly liquid 
instruments with original maturities of three months or less. The Company periodically assesses the financial 
condition of the institutions where these funds are held and believes that its credit risk is minimal with respect to 
these institutions.

Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest.

The Company accrues an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon estimated uncollectible accounts receivable 
considering historical collections, accounts receivable aging analysis, credit risk and other factors. The Company 
writes off accounts receivable balances against the allowance for doubtful accounts when the accounts receivable is 
deemed to be uncollectible. Bad debt expense of $13.5 million, $10.1 million and $6.6 million was recorded in 
general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 
2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The Company conducts business in many utility service markets where the local regulated utility purchases our 
receivables, and then becomes responsible for billing the customer and collecting payment from the customer 
(“POR programs”). This POR service results in substantially all of the Company’s credit risk being linked to the 
applicable utility, which generally has an investment-grade rating, and not to the end-use customer. The Company 
monitors the financial condition of each utility and currently believes such amounts are collectible. Trade accounts 
receivable that are part of a local regulated utility’s POR program are recorded on a gross basis in accounts 
receivable in the consolidated balance sheets. The discount paid to the local regulated utilities is recorded in general 
and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

In markets that do not offer POR services or when the Company chooses to directly bill its customers, certain 
receivables are billed and collected by the Company. The Company bears the credit risk on these accounts and 
records an appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts to reflect any losses due to non-payment by customers. The 
Company’s customers are individually insignificant and geographically dispersed in these markets. The Company 
writes off customer balances when it believes that amounts are no longer collectible and when it has exhausted all 
means to collect these receivables.

76

Inventory

Inventory consists of natural gas used to fulfill and manage seasonality for fixed and variable-price retail customer 
load requirements and is valued at the lower of weighted average cost or net realizable value. Purchased natural gas 
costs are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations, within retail cost of revenues, when the natural 
gas is sold and delivered out of the storage facility using the weighted average cost of the gas sold.

Customer Acquisition Costs

The Company capitalizes direct response advertising costs that consist primarily of hourly and commission-based 
telemarketing costs, door-to-door agent commissions and other direct advertising costs associated with proven 
customer generation in its balance sheet. These costs are amortized over the estimated life of a customer.  

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the net customer acquisition costs were $18.5 million and $18.3 million, 
respectively, of which $8.7 million and $14.4 million were recorded in current assets, and $9.8 million and $3.9 
million were recorded in non-current assets. Amortization of customer acquisition costs was $18.5 million, $24.4 
million, and $21.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Customer 
acquisition costs do not include customer acquisitions through merger and acquisition activities, which are recorded 
as customer relationships.

Recoverability of customer acquisition costs is evaluated based on a comparison of the carrying amount of such 
costs to the future net cash flows expected to be generated by the customers acquired, considering specific 
assumptions for customer attrition, per unit gross profit, and operating costs. These assumptions are based on 
forecasts and historical experience.

Customer Relationships

Customer contracts recorded as part of mergers or acquisitions are reflected as customer relationships in our balance 
sheet. The Company had capitalized customer relationship of $13.6 million and $16.6 million, net of amortization, 
as current assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and $17.8 million and $26.4 million, net of 
amortization, as non-current assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, related to these intangible 
assets. These intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated average life of the related 
customer contracts acquired, which ranges from three to six years. 

The acquired customer relationships intangibles related to Oasis, CenStar, Provider Companies, Major Energy 
Companies, Perigee Energy LLC, Verde Companies, and HIKO are reflective of the acquired companies’ customer 
base, and were valued at the respective dates of acquisition using an excess earnings method under the income 
approach. Using this method, the Company estimated the future cash flows resulting from the existing customer 
relationships, considering attrition as well as charges for contributory assets, such as net working capital, fixed 
assets, and assembled workforce. These future cash flows were then discounted using an appropriate risk-adjusted 
rate of return by retail unit to arrive at the present value of the expected future cash flows. CenStar, Oasis, Perigee, 
and HIKO customer relationships are amortized to depreciation and amortization based on the expected future net 
cash flows by year. The acquired customer relationship intangibles related to the Major Energy Companies, the 
Provider Companies and the Verde Companies were bifurcated between hedged and unhedged and amortized to 
depreciation and amortization based on the expected future cash flows by year and expensed to retail cost of 
revenue based on the expected term of the underlying fixed price contract in each reporting period, respectively.

Customer relationship amortization expense was $18.3 million, $20.3 million, and $17.8 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, of which approximately less than $0.1 million, $(1.2) million, and 
$0.3 million was included in retail cost of revenue for those years.

We review customer relationships for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate 
the carrying value of the intangible assets may not be recoverable. Impairment is indicated when the undiscounted 
77

cash flows estimated to be generated by the intangible assets are less than their respective carrying value. If an 
impairment exists, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the intangible 
assets. No impairments of customer relationships were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 
2017.

Non-compete agreements

We capitalize intangible costs associated with non-compete agreements in certain of our acquisitions. Non-compete 
agreements provide the Company with a certain level of assurance that acquired companies' expected earnings 
streams will not be disrupted by competition from the companies’ previous owners or members. These non-compete 
agreements are amortized over their estimated useful life of three years on a straight-line basis. As of December 31, 
2019, the Company had zero capitalized costs related to these non-compete agreements. As of December 31, 2018, 
the Company had $0.3 million of capitalized costs related to non-compete agreements, of which $0.3 million was 
current, and of which zero was non-current. Amortization expense was $0.3 million, $1.1 million and $1.2 million 
for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

Trademarks

We record trademarks as part of our acquisitions which represent the value associated with the recognition and 
positive reputation of an acquired company to its target markets. This value would otherwise have to be internally 
developed through significant time and expense or by paying a third party for its use. These intangibles are 
amortized over the estimated five-year to ten-year life of the trademark on a straight-line basis. The fair values of 
trademark assets were determined at the date of acquisition using a royalty savings method under the income 
approach. Under this approach, the Company estimates the present value of expected cash flows resulting from 
avoiding royalty payments to use a third party trademark. The Company analyzes market royalty rates charged for 
licensing trademarks and applied an expected royalty rate to a forecast of estimated revenue, which was then 
discounted using an appropriate risk adjusted rate of return. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had recorded 
$5.7 million and $7.3 million related to these trademarks in other assets. Amortization expense was $1.6 million, 
$1.3 million, and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

We review trademarks for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate the carrying 
value of the intangible assets may not be recoverable. Impairment is indicated when the undiscounted cash flows 
estimated to be generated by the intangible assets are less than their respective carrying value. If an impairment 
exists, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the intangible assets. No 
impairments of trademarks were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

Operating Leases

The Company's leases consist of operating leases related to our offices with lease terms expiring through 2022. The 
initial term for our property leases is typically three to five years, with renewal options. Rent is recognized on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term. We adopted ASU 2016-02 effective January 1, 2019, and recorded right-of-
use assets and liabilities for our operating leases of $1.0 million.

For our operating leases, we recorded rent expense of $0.8 million, $0.8 million and $0.6 million for the years 
ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We recorded sub-lease income of $0.4 million, zero and 
zero for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 we had 
recorded right-of-use asset of $0.4 million in other current assets and other assets. As of December 31, 2019 we had 
recorded lease liability of $0.6 million in other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities. 

Deferred Financing Costs

78

Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of long-term debt are capitalized and amortized to interest expense 
using the straight-line method over the life of the related long-term debt. These costs are included in other assets in 
our consolidated balance sheets. 

Property and Equipment

The Company records property and equipment at historical cost. Depreciation expense is recorded on a straight-line 
method based on estimated useful lives, which range from 2 to 5 years, along with estimates of the salvage values 
of the assets. When items of property and equipment are sold or otherwise disposed of, any gain or loss is recorded 
in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company capitalizes costs associated with certain of its internal-use software projects. Costs capitalized are 
those incurred during the application development stage of projects such as software configuration, coding, 
installation of hardware and testing. Costs incurred during the preliminary or post-implementation stage of the 
project are expensed in the period incurred, including costs associated with formulation of ideas and alternatives, 
training and application maintenance. After internal-use software projects are completed, the associated capitalized 
costs are depreciated over the estimated useful life of the related asset. Interest costs incurred while developing 
internal-use software projects are also capitalized. Capitalized interest costs for the years ended December 31, 2019, 
2018 and 2017 were not material.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of the assets of businesses acquired in accordance with FASB 
ASC Topic 350 Intangibles-Goodwill and Other ("ASC 350"). The goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet as of 
December 31, 2019 is associated with both our Retail Natural Gas and Retail Electricity segments. We determine 
our segments, which are also considered our reporting unit, by identifying each unit that engaged in business 
activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, had operating results regularly reviewed by the 
segment manager for purposes of resource allocation and performance assessment, and had discrete financial 
information. 

Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is assessed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that 
impairment of the carrying value of goodwill is likely, but no less often than annually as of October 31. We 
compare our estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the 
carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we would recognize a goodwill impairment loss for the 
amount by which the reporting unit's carrying value exceeds its fair value. In accordance with our accounting 
policy, we completed our annual assessment of goodwill impairment as of October 31, 2019 during the fourth 
quarter of 2019, using a qualitative assessment approach, and the test indicated no impairment.

Treasury Stock

Treasury stock consists of Company's own stock that has been issued, but subsequently reacquired by the Company. 
Treasury stock does not reduce the number of shares issued but does reduce the number of shares outstanding. 
These shares are not eligible to receive cash dividends. We use the cost method to account for treasury shares. 

Equity Method Investments

We use the equity method of accounting to account for investments where we have the ability to exercise significant 
influence, but not control over, the investee. Under the equity method of accounting, investments are stated at initial 
cost and are adjusted for subsequent additional investments and our share of earnings or losses and distributions. 
Prior to the sale of our equity investment in November 2019, our equity investment was presented on the 
consolidated balance sheet under "Other assets", with our share of their income reflected as "Total other income/
(expense)" on the consolidated statements of operations. We determined our equity investment earnings using the 
Hypothetical Liquidation at Book Value (HLBV) method. Under the HLBV method, a calculation was prepared at 

79

each balance sheet date to determine the amount the Company would receive if the investee were to liquidate all of 
its assets, as valued in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and distribute that cash to the investors. The difference between 
the calculated liquidation distribution amounts at the beginning and the end of the reporting period, after adjusting 
for capital contributions and distributions, is the Company's share of the earnings or losses from the equity 
investment for the period. See Note 17 "Equity Method Investment" for further discussion.

Revenues and Cost of Revenues

Our revenues are derived primarily from the sale of natural gas and electricity to customers, including affiliates. 
Revenues are recognized by the Company based on consideration specified in contracts with customers when 
performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control over products to a customer . Utilizing these criteria, 
revenue is recognized when the natural gas or electricity is delivered to the customer. Similarly, cost of revenues is 
recognized when the commodity is delivered.

Revenues for natural gas and electricity sales are recognized under the accrual method. Natural gas and electricity 
sales that have been delivered but not billed by period end are estimated. Accrued unbilled revenues are based on 
estimates of customer usage since the date of the last meter read provided by the utility. Volume estimates are based 
on forecasted volumes and estimated customer usage by class. Unbilled revenues are calculated by multiplying 
these volume estimates by the applicable rate by customer class. Estimated amounts are adjusted when actual usage 
is known and billed.

Costs for natural gas and electricity sales are similarly recognized under the accrual method. Natural gas and 
electricity costs that have not been billed to the Company by suppliers but have been incurred by period end are 
estimated. The Company estimates volumes for natural gas and electricity delivered based on the forecasted 
revenue volumes, estimated transportation cost volumes and estimation of other costs associated with retail load 
that varies by commodity utility territory. These costs include items like ISO fees, ancillary services and renewable 
energy credits. Estimated amounts are adjusted when actual usage is known and billed.

Our asset optimization activities, which primarily include natural gas physical arbitrage and other short term storage 
and transportation transactions, meet the definition of trading activities and are recorded on a net basis in the 
consolidated statements of operations in net asset optimization revenues. The Company recorded asset optimization 
revenues, primarily related to physical sales or purchases of commodities, of $62.8 million, $113.7 million and 
$178.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and recorded asset 
optimization costs of revenues of $60.0 million, $109.2 million and $179.0 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which are presented on a net basis in asset optimization revenues.

Natural Gas Imbalances

The consolidated balance sheets include natural gas imbalance receivables and payables, which primarily result 
when customers consume more or less gas than has been delivered by the Company to local distribution companies 
(“LDCs”). The settlement of natural gas imbalances varies by LDC, but typically the natural gas imbalances are 
settled in cash or in kind on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. The imbalances are valued at their 
estimated net realizable value. The Company recorded an imbalance receivable of $1.6 million and $0.8 million in 
other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The 
Company recorded an imbalance payable of $0.1 million and $0.3 million in other current liabilities on the 
consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Derivative Instruments

The Company uses derivative instruments such as futures, swaps, forwards and options to manage the commodity 
price risks of its business operations.

80

All derivatives are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Derivative instruments representing 
unrealized gains are reported as derivative assets while derivative instruments representing unrealized losses are 
reported as derivative liabilities. We offset amounts in the consolidated balance sheets for derivative instruments 
executed with the same counterparty where we have a master netting arrangement.

As part of our asset optimization activities, we manage a portfolio of commodity derivative instruments held for 
trading purposes. Changes in fair value of and amounts realized upon settlements of derivatives instruments held for 
trading purposes are recognized in earnings in net asset optimization revenues.

To manage the retail business, the Company holds derivative instruments that are not for trading purposes and are 
not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. Changes in the fair value of and amounts realized upon 
settlement of derivative instruments not held for trading purposes are recognized in retail costs of revenues.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes where deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the 
financial statements or tax returns and operating loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured 
using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in those years in which those temporary differences are 
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is 
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred 
tax assets if it is more likely than not that these items will not be realized. Amounts owed or refundable on current 
year returns is included as a current payable or receivable in the consolidated balance sheet.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that 
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is 
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences 
become deductible. Management considers the projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in 
making this assessment. 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for income 
taxes on continuing operations in our consolidated statements of operations.

Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income attributable to stockholders (the numerator) 
by the weighted-average number of Class A common shares outstanding for the period (the denominator). Class B 
common shares are not included in the calculation of basic earnings per share because they are not participating 
securities and have no economic interests. Diluted earnings per share is similarly calculated except that the 
denominator is increased by potentially dilutive securities. We use the treasury stock method to determine the 
potential dilutive effect of our outstanding unvested restricted stock units and use the if-converted method to 
determine the potential dilutive effect of our Class B common stock.

Non-controlling Interest

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest represents the Class B Common stockholders' interest in income 
and expenses of the Company. The weighted average ownership percentages for the applicable reporting period are 
used to allocate the income (loss) before income taxes to each economic interest owner.

Commitments and Contingencies

81

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, penalties and other sources are 
recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal 
costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update 
("ASU") No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment 
("ASU 2017-04"). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the 
goodwill impairment test. Under this update, an entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment 
test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. An entity should 
recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair 
value. However, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. 
ASU 2017-04 should be applied on a prospective basis and is effective for annual or any interim goodwill 
impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or 
annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We adopted ASU 2017-04 
effective January 1, 2019, and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's 
consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements 
to Non-employee Share-Based Payment Accounting ("ASU 2018-07"). ASU 2018-07 primarily expands the scope 
of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from non-employees. 
ASU 2018-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that 
fiscal year. We adopted ASU 2018-07 effective January 1, 2019, and the adoption of this standard did not have a 
material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) ("ASU 2016-02"). Under this new 
guidance, lessees are required to recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet for the rights and obligations 
created by all leases with terms of greater than twelve months. The guidance requires qualitative disclosures along 
with certain specific quantitative disclosures for both lessees and lessors. The FASB issued ASU No. 
2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted 
Improvements, and ASU No. 2019-01, Leases (Topic 842): Codification Improvements, to provide additional 
guidance for the adoption of Topic 842. ASU 2016-02 and its related amendments are effective for fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted, and are effective for interim periods in the year 
of adoption. ASU 2016-02 should be applied using a modified retrospective approach, which requires lessees and 
lessors to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented with an option to use 
certain practical expedients, which we elected to use. We evaluated the impact of this new guidance and reviewed 
lease or possible lease contracts and evaluated contract related processes. We adopted ASU 2016-02 effective 
January 1, 2019 and recorded right-of-use assets and liabilities for our real estate operating leases of 
approximately $1.0 million.

Standards Being Evaluated/Standards Not Yet Adopted

Below are accounting standards that have been issued, but not yet been adopted by the Company at December 31, 
2019. The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs. ASUs not listed below were assessed and 
determined to be either not applicable or are expected to have minimal impact on our consolidated financial 
statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement 
of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments ("ASU 2016-13"). ASU 2016-13 requires entities to use a current 
expected credit loss ("CECL") model, which is a new impairment model based on expected losses rather than 
incurred losses on financial assets, including trade accounts receivables. The model requires financial assets 
measured at amortized cost to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. ASU 2016-13 is effective for 

82

fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We adopted 
ASU 2016-13 and related amendments effective January 1, 2020, and the adoption did not have a material impact 
on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Simplifying the Accounting for 
Income Taxes ("ASU 2019-12"). These amendments simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain 
exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are 
effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. We do 
not expect adoption of the new standard to have a material impact to our consolidated statement of operations.

3. Revenues 

Our revenues are derived primarily from the sale of natural gas and electricity to customers, including affiliates. 
Revenue is measured based upon the quantity of gas or power delivered at prices contained or referenced in the 
customer's contract, and excludes any sales incentives (e.g. rebates) and amounts collected on behalf of third parties 
(e.g. sales tax).

Our revenues also include asset optimization activities. Asset optimization activities consist primarily of purchases 
and sales of gas that meet the definition of trading activities per FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and 
Hedging. They are therefore excluded from the scope of FASB ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers.

Revenues for electricity and natural gas sales are recognized under the accrual method when our performance 
obligation to a customer is satisfied, which is the point in time when the product is delivered and control of the 
product passes to the customer. Electricity and natural gas products may be sold as fixed-price or variable-price 
products. The typical length of a contract to provide electricity and/or natural gas is 12 months. Customers are 
billed and typically pay at least monthly, based on usage. Electricity and natural gas sales that have been delivered 
but not billed by period end are estimated and recorded as accrued unbilled revenues based on estimates of 
customer usage since the date of the last meter read provided by the utility. Volume estimates are based on 
forecasted volumes and estimated residential and commercial customer usage. Unbilled revenues are calculated by 
multiplying these volume estimates by the applicable rate by customer class (residential or commercial). Estimated 
amounts are adjusted when actual usage is known and billed.

The following table discloses revenue by primary geographical market, customer type, and customer credit risk 
profile (in thousands). The table also includes a reconciliation of the disaggregated revenue to revenue by reportable 
segment (in thousands).

83

Reportable Segments

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Retail
Electricity

Retail
Natural
Gas

Total
Reportable
Segments

Retail
Electricity

Retail
Natural
Gas

Total
Reportable
Segments

Retail
Electricity

Retail
Natural
Gas

Total
Reportable
Segments

Primary 
markets (a)

  New England $

284,909 $

19,289 $

304,198

$

395,682 $

21,221 $

416,903

$

229,546 $

21,196 $

250,742

  Mid-Atlantic

242,556

  Midwest

  Southwest

79,188

81,798

42,469

39,200

21,545

285,025

118,388

103,343

291,046

73,167

103,556

54,815

39,894

22,036

345,861

113,061

125,592

272,127

59,506

96,387

52,737

37,792

29,481

324,864

97,298

125,868

$

688,451 $

122,503 $

810,954

$

863,451 $

137,966 $ 1,001,417

$

657,566 $

141,206 $

798,772

Customer type

  Commercial

$

249,730 $

40,466 $

290,196

$

355,607 $

50,156 $

405,763

$

195,356 $

50,424 $

245,780

  Residential

449,900

83,455

533,355

518,261

93,186

611,447

441,580

89,889

531,469

(11,179)

(1,418)

(12,597)

(10,417)

(5,376)

(15,793)

20,630

893

21,523

$

688,451 $

122,503 $

810,954

$

863,451 $

137,966 $ 1,001,417

$

657,566 $

141,206 $

798,772

  Unbilled
revenue (b)

Customer 
credit risk

  POR

$

479,011 $

64,416 $

543,427

$

586,901 $

71,565 $

658,466

$

447,581 $

76,002 $

523,583

  Non-POR

209,440

58,087

267,527

276,550

66,401

342,951

209,985

65,204

275,189

$

688,451 $

122,503 $

810,954

$

863,451 $

137,966 $ 1,001,417

$

657,566 $

141,206 $

798,772

(a) The primary markets include the following states:

•  New England - Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire;
•  Mid-Atlantic - Delaware, Maryland (including the District of Colombia), New Jersey, New York and 

Pennsylvania;

•  Midwest - Illinois, Indiana, Michigan and Ohio; and
•  Southwest - Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, Nevada, and Texas.

(b) Unbilled revenue is recorded in total until it is actualized, at which time it is categorized between commercial 
and residential customers.

We record gross receipts taxes on a gross basis in retail revenues and retail cost of revenues. During the year ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 our retail revenues included gross receipts taxes of $1.5 million, $1.6 million 
and $6.4 million respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our retail cost of revenues 
included gross receipts taxes of $8.4 million, $9.9 million and $9.0 million, respectively.

4. Acquisitions 

Acquisition of Perigee 

In April 2017, we acquired all of the outstanding membership interests of Perigee Energy, LLC, a Texas limited 
liability company ("Perigee"), with operations across 14 utilities in Connecticut, Delaware, Massachusetts, New 
York and Ohio from our affiliate, NG&E. The purchase price for Perigee from NG&E was approximately $4.1 
million, which consisted of a base price of $2.0 million, $0.2 million additional customer option payment, and $1.9 
million in working capital, subject to adjustments. The acquisition was treated as a transfer of equity interests 

84

between entities under common control, and accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were based on 
their historical value as of the date. NG&E acquired Perigee, which was on February 3, 2017, and the fair value of 
the net assets acquired was as follows (in thousands):

Cash

Intangible assets—customer relationships

Goodwill

Net working capital, net of cash acquired

Fair value of derivative liabilities
Total

Final Purchase Price Allocation

$

$

23

1,100

1,540

2,085
(443)
4,305

The Perigee acquisition did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

Acquisition of Verde 

In July 2017, we acquired, through our subsidiary CenStar Energy Corp. ("CenStar"), all of the outstanding 
membership interests and stock in a group of companies (the "Verde Companies") from Verde Energy USA 
Holdings, LLC (the “Seller”). Total consideration was approximately $90.7 million, of which $20.1 million 
represented positive net working capital, as adjusted. We also entered into an agreement to pay an additional 
amount based on achievement by the Verde Companies of certain performance targets over the 18 month period 
following closing of the acquisition (the "Verde Earnout"). The Verde Earnout was initially valued at $5.4 million. 
The acquisition of the Verde Companies was accounted for under the acquisition method. The allocation of 
purchase consideration was based upon the estimated fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition based on management's best estimates, and was supported by 
independent third-party analyses. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of tangible and 
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill. The allocation of the purchase 
consideration was as follows (in thousands):

Final Purchase Price Allocation
as of December 31, 2018

Cash and restricted cash

Property and equipment

Intangible assets—customer relationships

Intangible assets—trademarks

Goodwill

Net working capital, net of cash acquired

Deferred tax liability

Fair value of derivative liabilities
Total

$

$

1,653

4,560

28,700

3,000

39,396

18,473
(3,126)
(1,942)
90,714

The Verde Earnout was based on achievement by the Verde Companies of certain performance targets over the 18 
month period following the closing of the Verde acquisition. In January 2018, we settled the Verde Earnout by 
issuing a $5.9 million note payable to the Seller. See Note 10 "Debt"  for further discussion.

The Verde Companies contributed revenues of $76.0 million and earnings of $1.2 million to the Company for the 
year ended December 31, 2017.

Acquisition of HIKO

85

In March 2018, we entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement under which we acquired all of the 
membership interests of HIKO Energy, LLC ("HIKO"), a New York limited liability company, for a total purchase 
price of $6.0 million in cash, plus working capital. At the time of acquisition, HIKO had a total of approximately 
29,000 RCEs located in 42 markets in seven states. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method. 
Our preliminary allocation of the purchase price was based upon the estimated fair value of the tangible and 
identified intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition. The allocation of the purchase 
consideration is as follows (in thousands):

Cash and restricted cash

Intangible assets—customer relationships

Net working capital, net of cash acquired

Fair value of derivative liabilities
Total

Final Purchase Price Allocation
as of December 31, 2018

$

$

375

6,031

8,465
(205)
14,666

Our consolidated statements of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 included $15.3 million 
of revenue and $3.8 million of net income related to the operations of HIKO.

In each of our acquisitions, we evaluate and allocate purchase price based on the following general assumptions.

Customer relationships. Acquired customer relationships were reflective of the acquired companies' customer 
bases, and were valued using an excess earnings method under the income approach. Using this method, we 
estimated the future cash flows resulting from the existing customer relationships, considering estimated attrition as 
well as charges for contributory assets, such as net working capital, intangible assets, fixed assets, and any 
assembled workforce. These future cash flows were then discounted using an appropriate risk-adjusted rate of 
return to arrive at the present value of the expected future cash flows. 

In acquisitions where we acquired commodity contracts that we could match to fixed-price contracts, customer 
relationships were bifurcated between unhedged and hedged and are being amortized based on the expected term of 
the underlying fixed-price contract acquired in each reporting period, respectively.

Non-compete Agreements. The fair value of non-compete agreements were determined using the differential value 
approach. Under this approach, we estimated the present value of expected future cash flows of the business with 
and without the non-compete agreement. The difference in discounted cash flows was then adjusted by probability 
factors related to the likelihood that those with the non-compete agreements would be successful competitors. 

Trademarks. The fair value of acquired trademarks is reflective of the value associated with the recognition and 
reputation of the acquired company to target markets. The fair value of trademarks was valued using a royalty 
savings method under the income approach. The value was based on the savings we would realize from owning the 
trademark rather than paying a royalty for the use of that trademark. Under this approach, we estimate the present 
value of the expected cash flows resulting from avoiding royalty payments to use a third party trademark. In the 
Verde acquisition, we analyzed market royalty rates charged for licensing trademarks and applied an expected 
royalty rate to a forecast of estimated revenue, which was then discounted using an appropriate risk adjusted rate of 
return. 

Goodwill. The excess of the purchase consideration over the estimated fair value of the amounts initially assigned to 
the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill arose on the acquisitions 
of the Provider Companies, Verde Companies and Perigee primarily due to the value of their assembled workforce, 
proprietary sales channels, and/or access to new utility service territories. Goodwill arose on the acquisition of the 
Major Energy Companies primarily due to the value of the Major Energy Companies brand strength, established 

86

vendor relationships and access to new utility service territories. Goodwill recorded in connection with these 
acquisitions is deductible for income tax purposes because these were acquisitions of all of the assets of the 
companies.

Customer Acquisitions. We also, from time to time, acquire books of customers from affiliated and non-affiliated 
parties. These acquisitions do not involve an allocation of the purchase price but rather are recorded as customer 
relationships. 

Acquisition of customers from Perigee

In April 2017, we acquired approximately 44,000 RCEs from the original owner of Perigee. During 2017, we paid 
$7.5 million for customers transferred.

Acquisition from Related Parties

In March 2018, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with an affiliate pursuant to which we agreed to 
acquire up to 50,000 RCEs for a cash purchase price of $250 for each RCE, or up to $12.5 million in the aggregate. 
These customers began transferring after April 1, 2018 and are located in 24 markets in 8 states. For the year ended 
December 31, 2018, we paid $8.8 million under the terms of the purchase agreement for approximately 35,000 
RCEs. No additional customer transfers or consideration will be paid on this transaction. The acquisition was 
treated as a transfer of assets between entities under common control, and accordingly, the assets were recorded at 
our affiliate's historical value at the date of transfer, which was $1.7 million. The transaction resulted in $7.1 
million recorded in equity as a net distribution to affiliate as of December 31, 2018. Of the $8.8 million paid to our 
affiliate, $1.7 million was an investing cash outflow, and the remaining $7.1 million was deemed a distribution to 
our non-controlling interest and classified as financing activity. 

Acquisitions of Customer Books

In October 2018, we entered into an asset purchase agreement pursuant to which we agreed to acquire up 
to 60,000 RCEs from Starion Energy Inc., Starion Energy NY Inc. and Starion Energy PA Inc. (collectively 
"Starion") for a cash purchase price of up to a maximum of $10.7 million. These customers began transferring in 
December 2018, and are located in our existing markets. As of December 31, 2019, a total of $8.0 million was paid 
under the terms of the purchase agreement for approximately 51,000 RCEs.

As part of the acquisition, we funded an escrow account, the balance of which is reflected as restricted cash in our 
consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the balance in the escrow account was $1.0 million 
and $8.6 million, respectively. The balance remaining as of December 31, 2019 represents a holdback of amounts 
due to the seller for acquired customers that will be released to the seller in April 2020, subject to certain 
adjustments outlined in the asset purchase agreement.

5. Equity 

Non-controlling Interest

We hold an economic interest and are the sole managing member in Spark HoldCo, with affiliates of our Founder 
and majority shareholder holding the remaining economic interests in Spark HoldCo. As a result, we consolidate the 
financial position and results of operations of Spark HoldCo, and reflect the economic interests owned by these 
affiliates as a non-controlling interest. The Company and affiliates owned the following economic interests in Spark 
HoldCo at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

87

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

The Company

Affiliated Owners

41.04%

40.53%

58.96%

59.47%

The following table summarizes the portion of net income (loss) and income tax expense (benefit) attributable to 
non-controlling interest (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

Net income (loss) allocated to non-controlling interest

Income tax expense (benefit) allocated to non-controlling interest
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

$

$

7,604 $

1,841

5,763 $

(12,140) $
1,066
(13,206) $

55,068
(731)
55,799

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Holders of the Company's Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all 
matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law or 
by our certificate of incorporation.

Dividends on Class A Common Stock

Dividends declared for the Company's Class A common stock are reported as a reduction of retained earnings, or a 
reduction of additional paid in capital to the extent retained earnings are exhausted. During the years ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, we paid dividends on our Class A Common Stock of $10.4 million, $9.8 
million, and $9.5 million. This dividend represented an annual rate of $0.725 per share on each share of Class A 
common stock.

On January 21, 2020, the Company declared a dividend of $0.18125 per share to holders of record of our Class A 
common stock on March 2, 2020 and payable on March 16, 2020.

In order to pay our stated dividends to holders of our Class A common stock, our subsidiary, Spark HoldCo is 
required to make corresponding distributions to holders of its units, including those holders that own our Class B 
common stock (our non-controlling interest holder). As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2019, Spark 
HoldCo made corresponding distributions of $15.1 million to our non-controlling interest holders.

Stock Split 

In May 2017, the Company authorized and approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company's issued Class A 
common stock and Class B common stock, which was effected through a stock dividend (the "Stock Split"). 
Shareholders of record at the close of business on June 5, 2017 were issued one additional share of Class A common 
stock or Class B common stock of the Company for each share of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, 
respectively, held by such shareholder on that date. Such additional shares of Class A common stock or Class B 
common stock were distributed on June 16, 2017. All shares and per share amounts in this report have been 
retrospectively restated to reflect the Stock Split. 

Preferred Stock

The Company has 20,000,000 shares of authorized preferred stock for which there are 3,707,256 shares issued and 
3,677,318 shares outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 3,707,256 issued and outstanding shares at December 31, 
2018. See Note 6 "Preferred Stock" for a further discussion of preferred stock.

88

 
 
Issuance of Class A Common Stock Upon Vesting of Restricted Stock Units 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, 473,492, 394,243, and 356,014, respectively of restricted 
stock units vested, with 300,715, 258,076, and 241,965, respectively of shares of common stock distributed to the 
holders of these units. Differences between shares vested and issued were a result of 172,777, 136,167, and 114,049 
shares of common stock withheld by the Company to cover taxes owed on the vesting of such units.

Conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock

In 2018, holders of Class B common stock exchanged 685,126 of their Spark HoldCo units (together with a 
corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) for shares of Class A common stock at an exchange 
ratio of one share of Class A common stock for each Spark HoldCo unit (and corresponding share of Class B 
common stock) exchanged. 

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income attributable to stockholders (the numerator) 
by the weighted-average number of Class A common shares outstanding for the period (the denominator). Class B 
common shares are not included in the calculation of basic earnings per share because they are not participating 
securities and have no economic interests. Diluted earnings per share is similarly calculated except that the 
denominator is increased by potentially dilutive securities. 

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share for the years ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 (in thousands, except per share data): 

Net income (loss) attributable to Spark Energy, Inc. stockholders

Less: Dividend on Series A preferred stock

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders of Class A common stock

Basic weighted average Class A common shares outstanding
Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to stockholders

Net income (loss) attributable to stockholders of Class A common stock
Effect of conversion of Class B common stock to shares of Class A
common stock
Diluted net income (loss) attributable to stockholders of Class A common
stock

Year Ended December 31,
2018

2019

2017

8,450 $

8,091

359 $

(1,186) $
8,109
(9,295) $

14,286

0.03 $

13,390

(0.69) $

19,245

3,038

16,207

13,143
1.23

359 $

(9,295) $

16,207

—

—

—

359 $

(9,295) $

16,207

$

$

$

$

$

Basic weighted average Class A common shares outstanding

14,286

13,390

13,143

Effect of dilutive Class B common stock

Effect of dilutive restricted stock units

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

—

282

—

—

—

203

14,568

13,390

13,346

Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to stockholders

$

0.02 $

(0.69) $

1.21

The computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2019 excludes 20.8 million shares 
of Class B common stock because the effect of their conversion was antidilutive. The Company's outstanding shares 

89

of Series A Preferred Stock were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they contain 
only contingent redemption provisions that have not occurred.

Variable Interest Entity 

Spark HoldCo is a variable interest entity due to its lack of rights to participate in significant financial and operating 
decisions and its inability to dissolve or otherwise remove its management. Spark HoldCo owns all of the 
outstanding membership interests in each of our operating subsidiaries. We are the sole managing member of Spark 
HoldCo, manage Spark HoldCo's operating subsidiaries through this managing membership interest, and are 
considered the primary beneficiary of Spark HoldCo. The assets of Spark HoldCo cannot be used to settle our 
obligations except through distributions to us, and the liabilities of Spark HoldCo cannot be settled by us except 
through contributions to Spark HoldCo. The following table includes the carrying amounts and classification of the 
assets and liabilities of Spark HoldCo that are included in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 
and 2018 (in thousands):

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

Assets
Current assets:

   Cash and cash equivalents

   Accounts receivable
   Other current assets

   Total current assets
Non-current assets:

   Goodwill

   Other assets

   Total non-current assets

   Total Assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities:

   Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

   Contingent consideration

   Other current liabilities

   Total current liabilities
Long-term liabilities:

   Long-term portion of Senior Credit Facility

   Subordinated debt—affiliate

   Other long-term liabilities

   Total long-term liabilities

   Total Liabilities

6. Preferred Stock 

$

$

$

$

56,598 $

113,635

64,476
234,709

120,343

37,826

158,169

392,878 $

86,097 $

—

65,863

151,960

123,000

—

712

123,712

275,672 $

36,724

150,866

92,963
280,553

120,343

47,159

167,502

448,055

79,692

1,328

59,330

140,350

129,500

10,000

319

139,819

280,169

In March 2017, we issued 1,610,000 shares of 8.75% Series A Fixed-to-Floating Rate Cumulative Redeemable 
Perpetual Preferred Stock ("Series A Preferred Stock"), par value $0.01 per share and having a liquidation 
preference $25.00 per share, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, at a price to the public of $25.00 per share 
($24.21 per share to us, net of underwriting discounts and commissions). We received approximately $39.0 million 
in net proceeds from the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and a structuring fee. 
Offering expenses of $1.0 million were recorded as a reduction to the carrying value of the Series A Preferred 
Stock. 

90

In July 2017, we entered into an At-the-Market Issuance Sales Agreement ("the ATM Agreement") with FBR 
Capital Markets & Co. as sales agent (the "Agent"). Pursuant to the terms of the ATM Agreement, we may sell, 
from time to time through the Agent, our Series A Preferred Stock, having an aggregate offering price of up to $50.0 
million. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we issued an aggregate of 94,339 shares of Series A Preferred 
Stock under the ATM Agreement. We received net proceeds of $2.4 million and paid compensation to the sales 
agent of less than $0.1 million with respect to these sales. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we issued an 
aggregate of 2,917 shares of Series A Preferred Stock under the ATM Agreement. We received net proceeds of $0.1 
million and paid compensation to the sales agent of less than $0.1 million with respect to these sales. 

In January 2018, we issued 2,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, at 
a price to the public of $25.25 per share. The Company received approximately $48.9 million ($24.45 per share) in 
net proceeds from the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and a structuring fee. 
Offering expenses of $0.5 million were recorded as a reduction to the carrying value of the Series A Preferred 
Stock. 

In May 2019, we commenced a share repurchase program (the "Repurchase Program") of our Series A Preferred 
Stock. We may make purchases of our Series A Preferred Stock under the Repurchase Program through May 20, 
2020, and there is no dollar limit on the amount of Series A Preferred Stock that may be repurchased, nor does the 
Repurchase Program obligate the Company to make any repurchases.

In November 2019, we amended and extended our repurchase program (the "Repurchase Program") of our Series A 
Preferred Stock. The Repurchase Program allows us to purchase Preferred Stock through December 31, 2020, at 
prevailing prices, in open market or negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions, maximum share prices 
and other considerations. The Repurchase Program does not obligate us to make any repurchases and may be 
suspended at any time.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we repurchased 29,938 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a 
weighted-average price of $24.82 per share, for a total cost of approximately $0.7 million.

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have no voting rights, except in specific circumstances of delisting or in the 
case the dividends are in arrears as specified in the Series A Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations. The Series 
A Preferred Stock accrue dividends at an annual percentage rate of 8.75%, and the liquidation preference provisions 
of the Series A Preferred Stock are considered contingent redemption provisions because there are rights granted to 
the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock that are not solely within our control upon a change in control of the 
Company. Accordingly, the Series A Preferred Stock is presented between liabilities and the equity sections in the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheet. 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, we paid $8.1 million in dividends to holders of the Series A Preferred 
Stock. As of December 31, 2019, we had accrued $2.0 million related to dividends to holders of the Series A 
Preferred Stock. This dividend was paid on January 15, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the 
Company paid $7.0 million in dividends to holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and had accrued $2.0 million as 
of December 31, 2018. 

On January 21, 2020, the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend in the amount of $0.546875 per share of 
Series A Preferred Stock. This amount represents an annualized dividend of $2.1875 per share. The dividend will be 
paid on April 15, 2020 to holders of record on April 1, 2020 of the Series A Preferred Stock.

A summary of our preferred equity balance for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

91

Balance at December 31, 2017

Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock, net of issuance cost

Accumulated dividends on Series A Preferred Stock
Balance at December 31, 2018

Repurchase of Series A Preferred Stock

Accumulated dividends on Series A Preferred Stock
Balance at December 31, 2019

7. Derivative Instruments 

(in thousands)

41,173

48,490

1,095
90,758
(727)
(16)
90,015

$

$

$

We are exposed to the impact of market fluctuations in the price of electricity and natural gas, basis differences in 
the price of natural gas, storage charges, renewable energy credits ("RECs"), and capacity charges from independent 
system operators. We use derivative instruments in an effort to manage our cash flow exposure to these risks. These 
instruments are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes, and accordingly, changes in the market value of 
these derivative instruments are recorded in the cost of revenues. As part of our strategy to optimize pricing in our 
natural gas related activities, we also manage a portfolio of commodity derivative instruments held for trading 
purposes. Our commodity trading activities are subject to limits within our Risk Management Policy. For these 
derivative instruments, changes in the fair value are recognized currently in earnings in net asset optimization 
revenues.

Derivative assets and liabilities are presented net in our consolidated balance sheets when the derivative instruments 
are executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement. Our derivative contracts include 
transactions that are executed both on an exchange and centrally cleared, as well as over-the-counter, bilateral 
contracts that are transacted directly with third parties. To the extent we have paid or received collateral related to 
the derivative assets or liabilities, such amounts would be presented net against the related derivative asset or 
liability’s fair value. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had paid $1.7 million and zero, respectively, in 
collateral. The specific types of derivative instruments we may execute to manage the commodity price risk include 
the following:

•  Forward contracts, which commit us to purchase or sell energy commodities in the future;
•  Futures contracts, which are exchange-traded standardized commitments to purchase or sell a commodity or 

financial instrument;

•  Swap agreements, which require payments to or from counterparties based upon the differential between 

two prices for a predetermined notional quantity; and

•  Option contracts, which convey to the option holder the right but not the obligation to purchase or sell a 

commodity.

The Company has entered into other energy-related contracts that do not meet the definition of a derivative 
instrument or for which we made a normal purchase, normal sale election and are therefore not accounted for at fair 
value including the following:

Forward electricity and natural gas purchase contracts for retail customer load; 

•  Renewable energy credits; and

Natural gas transportation contracts and storage agreements.

Volumes Underlying Derivative Transactions

The following table summarizes the net notional volumes of our open derivative financial instruments accounted for 
at fair value by commodity. Positive amounts represent net buys while bracketed amounts are net sell transactions 
(in thousands):

92

Non-trading 

Natural Gas

Natural Gas Basis

Electricity

Trading

Natural Gas

Natural Gas Basis

Commodity

Commodity

Gains (Losses) on Derivative Instruments

Notional

MMBtu

MMBtu

MWh

Notional

MMBtu

MMBtu

December 31,
2019

December 31,
2018

6,130

42

6,015

8,176

115

6,781

December 31,
2019

December 31,
2018

204

—

188
(380)

Gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net and current period settlements on derivative instruments were as 
follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

(Loss) gain on non-trading derivatives, net

Gain (loss) on trading derivatives, net
(Loss) gain on derivatives, net
Current period settlements on non-trading derivatives (1) (2)
Current period settlements on trading derivatives
Total current period settlements on derivatives (1) (2)

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

$

$

$

$

(67,955)
206
(67,749)

42,944

(124)

$

$

(19,571)
1,401
(18,170)
(9,614)

(973)

42,820

$

(10,587)

$

5,588
(580)
5,008

16,508

(199)

16,309

(1)   Excludes settlements of less than $0.1 million, $(0.3) million, and $3.4 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 

2018, and 2017 related to non-trading derivative liabilities assumed in various acquisitions. 

(2)   Excludes settlements of $(0.9) million, zero, and zero, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 related to 

power call options.

Gains (losses) on trading derivative instruments are recorded in net asset optimization revenues and gains (losses) 
on non-trading derivative instruments are recorded in retail cost of revenues on the consolidated statements of 
operations.

Fair Value of Derivative Instruments 

The following tables summarize the fair value and offsetting amounts of our derivative instruments by counterparty 
and collateral received or paid (in thousands):

93

  
 
December 31, 2019

Description

Non-trading commodity derivatives
Trading commodity derivatives

Total Current Derivative Assets

Non-trading commodity derivatives
Trading commodity derivatives

Total Non-current Derivative Assets

Total Derivative Assets

$

Gross Assets
570
$
170

740

333
—
333
1,073

Gross
Amounts
Offset

$

$

(275)
(1)
(276)
(227)
—
(227)
(503)

$

Net Assets
295
169

464

106
—
106
570

$

Description

Gross 
Liabilities

Gross
Amounts
Offset

Net
Liabilities

Non-trading commodity derivatives

$

(34,434)

$

12,859

$

Trading commodity derivatives

Total Current Derivative Liabilities

Non-trading commodity derivatives
Trading commodity derivatives

Total Non-current Derivative Liabilities

Total Derivative Liabilities

$

(194)
(34,628)
(1,951)
—
(1,951)
(36,579)

$

194
13,053
1,422
—
1,422
14,475

$

(21,575)
—
(21,575)
(529)
—
(529)
(22,104)

Cash
Collateral
Offset

Net Amount
Presented

— $
—

—

—
—
—
— $

295
169

464

106
—
106
570

Cash
Collateral
Offset

Net Amount
Presented

1,632

—
1,632
34
—
34
1,666

$

$

(19,943)
—
(19,943)
(495)
—
(495)
(20,438)

$

$

$

$

December 31, 2018

Gross
Amounts
Offset

Net Assets

Cash
Collateral
Offset

Net Amount
Presented

$

6,649

$

— $

Description

Gross Assets

Non-trading commodity derivatives

$

18,649

$

Trading commodity derivatives

Total Current Derivative Assets

Non-trading commodity derivatives
Trading commodity derivatives

Total Non-current Derivative Assets

Total Derivative Assets

$

734

19,383

9,657
—
9,657
29,040

$

(12,000)
(94)
(12,094)
(6,381)
—
(6,381)
(18,475)

640

7,289

3,276
—
3,276
10,565

$

Description

Gross 
Liabilities

Gross
Amounts
Offset

Net
Liabilities

Non-trading commodity derivatives

$

(21,391)

$

15,385

$

Trading commodity derivatives

Total Current Derivative Liabilities

Non-trading commodity derivatives
Trading commodity derivatives

(491)

(21,882)

(71)

(135)

19

15,404

40

60

Total Non-current Derivative Liabilities

Total Derivative Liabilities

(206)
(22,088)

$

$

100
15,504

$

(6,006)
(472)

(6,478)
(31)

(75)

(106)
(6,584)

94

—

—

—
—
—
— $

6,649

640

7,289

3,276
—
3,276
10,565

$

$

$

Cash
Collateral
Offset

Net Amount
Presented

— $

—

—

—

—

—
— $

(6,006)
(472)

(6,478)
(31)

(75)

(106)
(6,584)

  
 
  
 
8. Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

Information technology

Building and leasehold improvements

Furniture and fixtures

       Total

Accumulated depreciation
Property and equipment—net

Estimated 
useful
lives (years)

2 – 5

2 – 5

2 – 5

December 31,
2019

December 31,
2018

$

$

22,005

$

—

1,802

23,807
(20,540)
3,267

$

34,611

4,836

1,964

41,411
(37,045)
4,366

Information technology assets include software and consultant time used in the application, development and 
implementation of various systems including customer billing and resource management systems. As of each of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, information technology includes $0.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of costs 
associated with assets not yet placed into service.

Depreciation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of operations was $2.3 million, $3.9 million and $2.6 
million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

9. Intangible Assets 

Goodwill, customer relationships and trademarks consist of the following amounts (in thousands):

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

Goodwill

Customer Relationships— Acquired 

Cost

Accumulated amortization

$

$

Customer Relationships—Acquired & Non-Compete Agreements, net $
Customer Relationships—Other 
Cost

$

Accumulated amortization
Customer Relationships—Other, net

Trademarks 
Cost
Accumulated amortization

Trademarks, net

$

$

$

120,343

64,083
(40,231)

23,852

17,056
(9,534)
7,522

8,502
(2,794)

5,708

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

120,343

99,402
(63,208)

36,194

16,155
(9,290)
6,865

9,770
(2,483)

7,287

Changes in goodwill, customer relationships (including non-compete agreements) and trademarks consisted of the 
following (in thousands):

95

Balance at December 31, 2016
Adjustments (1)
Acquisition of Perigee

Acquisition of Verde

Additions (Other)

Amortization expense
Balance at December 31, 2017

Additions
Adjustments (1)
Amortization
Balance at December 31, 2018

Additions

Amortization
Balance at December 31, 2019

Customer
Relationships—
Acquired &
Non-Compete
Agreements

Goodwill 

Customer 
Relationships— 
Other  

Trademarks 

$

$

$

$

79,147

$

31,911

$

1,612

$

260

1,540

39,207

—

—

120,154

$

—

189

—

120,343

$

—

—
120,343

$

—

1,100

28,700

—
(15,021)
46,690

6,205
(174)
(16,527)
36,194

—
(12,342)
23,852

$

$

$

—

—

—

8,016
(2,826)
6,802

3,818

—
(3,755)
6,865

6,913
(6,256)
7,522

$

$

$

6,339

—

—

3,000

—
(781)
8,558

—

—
(1,271)
7,287

—
(1,579)
5,708

(1)   Related to working capital adjustments on various acquisitions. 

The acquired customer relationship intangibles related to Major Energy Companies, the Provider Companies, and 
the Verde Companies were bifurcated between hedged and unhedged customer contracts. The unhedged customer 
contracts are amortized to depreciation and amortization based on the expected future cash flows by year. The 
hedged customer contracts were evaluated for favorable or unfavorable positions at the time of acquisition and 
amortized to retail cost of revenue based on the expected term and position of the underlying fixed price contract in 
each reporting period. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, approximately less 
than $0.1 million, $(1.2) million, and $0.3 million of the $12.3 million, $16.5 million, and $15.0 million acquired 
customer relationship amortization expense is included in the cost of revenues.

Estimated future amortization expense for customer relationships and trademarks at December 31, 2019 is as 
follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

> 5 years
Total

$

$

14,561

12,987

6,038

450

249

2,797
37,082

96

10. Debt 

Debt consists of the following amounts as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

Current:

   Note Payable—Verde Notes

 Total current portion of debt

Long-term debt:
   Senior Credit Facility (1) (2)
   Subordinated Debt

 Total long-term debt

   Total debt

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

$

$

— $
—

123,000

—

123,000

123,000

$

6,936
6,936

129,500

10,000

139,500

146,436

(1)   As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the weighted average interest rate on the Senior Credit Facility was 4.71% and 5.48%, respectively.
(2)   As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had $37.4 million and $49.4 million in letters of credit issued, respectively.

Capitalized financing costs associated with our Senior Credit Facility were $1.3 million and $1.4 million as of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Of these amounts, $0.9 million and $1.0 million are recorded in other 
current assets, and $0.4 million and $0.4 million are recorded in other non-current assets in the consolidated balance 
sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Interest expense consists of the following components for the periods indicated (in thousands):

Senior Credit Facility 
Accretion related to Earnouts 

Letters of credit fees and commitment fees
Amortization of deferred financing costs 
Convertible subordinated notes to affiliate 

Subordinated debt

Verde promissory note

Interest expense

Senior Credit Facility 

Years Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

5,263

$

5,300

$

—

1,656

1,275

—

197

230

$

8,621

$

—

1,604

1,291

—

26

1,189

9,410

3,275

4,108

1,125

1,035

1,052

167

372

$

11,134

The Company, as guarantor, and Spark HoldCo (the “Borrower” and, together with each subsidiary of Spark 
HoldCo (“Co-Borrowers”)) maintain a senior secured borrowing base credit facility (as amended, “Senior Credit 
Facility”) that allows us to borrow on a revolving basis and has a maximum borrowing capacity of $217.5 million 
as of December 31, 2019. Subject to applicable sublimits and terms of the Senior Credit Facility, as amended, 
borrowings are available for the issuance of letters of credit (“Letters of Credit”), working capital and general 
purpose revolving credit loans (“Working Capital Loans”), and bridge loans (“Bridge Loans”) for the purpose of 
partial funding for acquisitions. Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility may be used to pay fees and expenses 
in connection with the Senior Credit Facility, finance ongoing working capital requirements and general corporate 
purpose requirements of the Co-Borrowers, to provide partial funding for acquisitions, as allowed under terms of 
the Senior Credit Facility, and to make open market purchases of our Class A common stock and Series A Preferred 
Stock.

The Senior Credit Facility will mature on May 19, 2021, and all amounts outstanding thereunder will be payable on 
the maturity date. Borrowings under the Bridge Loan sublimit, if any, will be repaid 25% per year on a quarterly 

97

basis (or 6.25% per quarter), with the remainder due at maturity. As of December 31, 2019, there was zero in Bridge 
Loans outstanding.

At our election, the interest rate for Working Capital Loans and Letters of Credit under the Senior Credit Facility is 
generally determined by reference to the Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin of up to 3.00% per annum (based 
on the prevailing utilization) or an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin of up to 2.00% per annum (based on 
the prevailing utilization). The alternate base rate is equal to the highest of (i) the prime rate (as published in the 
Wall Street Journal), (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, or (iii) the reference Eurodollar rate plus 
1.00%.

Bridge Loan borrowings, if any, under the Senior Credit Facility are generally determined by reference to the 
Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin of 3.75% per annum or an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin of 
2.75% per annum. The alternate base rate is equal to the highest of (i) the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street 
Journal), (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, or (iii) the reference Eurodollar rate plus 1.00%.

The Co-Borrowers pay a commitment fee of 0.50% quarterly in arrears on the unused portion of the Senior Credit 
Facility. In addition, the Co-Borrowers are subject to additional fees including an upfront fee, an annual agency fee, 
and letter of credit fees based on a percentage of the face amount of letters of credit payable to any syndicate 
member that issues a letter of credit. 

The Senior Credit Facility contains covenants that, among other things, require the maintenance of specified ratios 
or conditions including:

•  Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. We must maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not 
less than 1.25 to 1.00. The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is defined as the ratio of (a) Adjusted EBITDA to 
(b) the sum of consolidated (with respect to the Company and the Co-Borrowers) interest expense (other 
than interest paid-in-kind in respect of certain subordinated debt but including interest in respect of that 
certain promissory note made by CenStar Energy Corp. ("CenStar") in connection with the permitted 
acquisition from Verde Energy USA Holdings, LLC), letter of credit fees, commitment fees, acquisition 
earn-out payments (excluding earnout payments funded with proceeds from newly issued preferred or 
common equity), distributions, the aggregate amount of repurchases of our Class A common stock, Series A 
Preferred Stock, or commitments for such purchases, taxes and scheduled amortization payments. The 
Senior Credit Facility permits, upon satisfaction of a Step-Down Condition, for the Company to elect to 
reduce the minimum required Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio from 1.25 to 1.00 to 1.10 to 1.00 for a period of 
one year. A Step-Down Condition is defined as the consummation by the Company of share buybacks of its 
Series A Preferred Stock under the Repurchase Program with an aggregate purchase price not less than 
$10.0 million.

•  Maximum Total Leverage Ratio. We must maintain a ratio of total indebtedness (excluding eligible 

subordinated debt and letter of credit obligations) to Adjusted EBITDA of no more than 2.50 to 1.00. 

•  Maximum Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. We must maintain a Senior Secured Leverage Ratio of no more 
than 1.85 to 1.00. The Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is defined as the ratio of (a) all indebtedness of the 
loan parties on a consolidated basis that is secured by a lien on any property of any loan party (including the 
effective amount of all loans then outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility) plus 50% of the effective 
amount of letter of credit obligations attributable to performance standby letters of credit to (b) Adjusted 
EBITDA.

The Senior Credit Facility contains various negative covenants that limit our ability to, among other things, incur 
certain additional indebtedness, grant certain liens, engage in certain asset dispositions, merge or consolidate, make 
certain payments, distributions, investments, acquisitions or loans, materially modify certain agreements, or enter 
into transactions with affiliates. The Senior Credit Facility also contains affirmative covenants that are customary 

98

for credit facilities of this type. As of December 31, 2019, we were in compliance with our various covenants under 
the Senior Credit Facility.

The Senior Credit Facility is secured by pledges of the equity of the portion of Spark HoldCo owned by us, the 
equity of Spark HoldCo’s subsidiaries, the Co-Borrowers’ present and future subsidiaries, and substantially all of 
the Co-Borrowers’ and their subsidiaries’ present and future property and assets, including accounts receivable, 
inventory and liquid investments, and control agreements relating to bank accounts. 

We are entitled to pay cash dividends to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Class A common stock and 
will be entitled to repurchase up to an aggregate amount of 10,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock, and up 
to $92.7 million of Series A Preferred Stock through one or more normal course open market purchases through 
NASDAQ so long as: (a) no default exists or would result therefrom; (b) the Co-Borrowers are in pro forma 
compliance with all financial covenants before and after giving effect thereto; and (c) the outstanding amount of all 
loans and letters of credit does not exceed the borrowing base limits. 

The Senior Credit Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties and events of default. Events 
of default include, among other things, payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant 
defaults, cross-defaults and cross-acceleration to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events 
under ERISA, material judgments in excess of $5.0 million, certain events with respect to material contracts, and 
actual or asserted failure of any guaranty or security document supporting the Senior Credit Facility to be in full 
force and effect. A default will also occur if at any time W. Keith Maxwell III ceases to, directly or indirectly, own 
at least 13,600,000 Class A and Class B shares on a combined basis (to be adjusted for any stock split, subdivisions 
or other stock reclassification or recapitalization), and a controlling percentage of the voting equity interest of the 
Company, and certain other changes in control. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the Senior 
Credit Facility would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the facility 
and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Convertible Subordinated Notes to Affiliate

In connection with the financing of the CenStar and Oasis acquisitions, the Company issued Notes totaling $7.1 
million, at an annual interest rate of 5%, payable semiannually. In January 2017, these Notes were converted into 
1,035,642 shares of Class B common stock (and related Spark HoldCo units).

Subordinated Debt Facility

In June 2019, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note in the principal 
amount of up to $25.0 million (the “Subordinated Debt Facility”), by and among the Company, Spark HoldCo and 
Retailco. The Subordinated Debt Facility amended and restated the Subordinated Promissory Note, dated as of 
December 27, 2016, by and among the Company, Spark HoldCo and Retailco, solely to extend the expiration date 
from July 1, 2020 to December 31, 2021.

The Subordinated Debt Facility allows us to draw advances in increments of no less than $1.0 million per advance 
up to the maximum principal amount of the Subordinated Debt Facility. Advances thereunder accrue interest at 5% 
per annum from the date of the advance. We have the right to capitalize interest payments under the Subordinated 
Debt Facility. The Subordinated Debt Facility is subordinated in certain respects to our Senior Credit Facility 
pursuant to a subordination agreement. We may pay interest and prepay principal on the Subordinated Debt Facility 
so long as we are in compliance with the covenants under our Senior Credit Facility, are not in default under the 
Senior Credit Facility and have minimum availability of $5.0 million under the borrowing base under the Senior 
Credit Facility. Payment of principal and interest under the Subordinated Debt Facility is accelerated upon the 
occurrence of certain change of control or sale transactions. 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was zero and $10.0 million outstanding under the Subordinated Debt 
Facility.

99

Verde Notes

In connection with the acquisition of the Verde Companies in July 2017, we entered into a promissory note in the 
aggregate principal amount of $20.0 million (the "Verde Promissory Note"). The Verde Promissory Note required 
repayment in 18 monthly installments beginning in August 2017, and accrued interest at 5% per annum from the 
date of issuance. The Verde Promissory Note, including principal and interest, was unsecured, but was guaranteed 
by us. In January 2018, in connection with the Earnout Termination Agreement (defined below), we issued to the 
seller of the Verde Companies an amended and restated promissory note (the “Amended and Restated Verde 
Promissory Note”), which amended and restated the Verde Promissory Note. The Amended and Restated Verde 
Promissory Note matured in January 2019, and bore interest at a rate of 9% per annum. Principal and interest were 
payable monthly on the first day of each month, with a portion of each payment going into an escrow account, 
which serves as security for certain indemnification claims and obligations under the Verde purchase agreement. As 
of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was zero and $1.0 million outstanding, respectively, under the Amended and 
Restated Verde Promissory Note.

In January 2018, we issued a promissory note in the principal amount of $5.9 million in connection with an 
agreement to terminate the earnout obligations arising in connection with our acquisition of the Verde Companies 
(the “Verde Earnout Termination Note”). The Verde Earnout Termination Note matured in June 2019 and bore 
interest at a rate of 9% per annum. Under the terms of the Verde Earnout Termination Note, we were permitted to 
withhold amounts otherwise due at maturity related to certain indemnifiable matters. A payment of $1.0 million was 
made to the seller of the Verde Companies in June 2019, and $4.9 million was withheld (the “Verde Holdback”) to 
be applied to indemnifiable matters. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was zero and $5.9 million 
outstanding under the Verde Earnout Termination Note, respectively.

The Verde Earnout Termination Note, the Verde Promissory Note, and the Amended and Restated Verde Promissory 
Note are collectively referred to as the "Verde Notes."

11. Fair Value Measurements 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in 
an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair values are based on assumptions 
that market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks 
inherent in valuation techniques and the inputs to valuations. This includes the credit standing of counterparties 
involved and the impact of credit enhancements.

We apply fair value measurements to our commodity derivative instruments and contingent payment arrangements 
based on the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure 
fair value into three broad levels:

• 

• 

• 

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities. Instruments 
categorized in Level 1 primarily consist of financial instruments such as exchange-traded derivative 
instruments.
Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices recorded in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly 
observable for the asset or liability, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active 
markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, inputs other 
than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, and inputs that are derived from 
observable market data by correlation or other means. Instruments categorized in Level 2 primarily 
include non-exchange traded derivatives such as over-the-counter commodity forwards and swaps 
and options.
Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, including situations where there is little, if 
any, observable market activity for the asset or liability. The Level 3 category includes estimated 
earnout obligations related to our acquisitions.

100

As the fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets (Level 1) and the lowest 
priority to unobservable data (Level 3), the Company maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use 
of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. These levels can change over time. In some cases, the inputs 
used to measure fair value might fall in different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In these cases, the lowest level 
input that is significant to a fair value measurement in its entirety determines the applicable level in the fair value 
hierarchy.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables present assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value in our consolidated balance 
sheets on a recurring basis by and their level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

December 31, 2019
Non-trading commodity derivative assets

Trading commodity derivative assets
Total commodity derivative assets

Non-trading commodity derivative liabilities

Trading commodity derivative liabilities
Total commodity derivative liabilities

Contingent payment arrangement

December 31, 2018

Non-trading commodity derivative assets

Trading commodity derivative assets
Total commodity derivative assets

Non-trading commodity derivative liabilities

Trading commodity derivative liabilities
Total commodity derivative liabilities

Contingent payment arrangement

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

— $

—
— $

(1,666) $
—

(1,666) $
— $

401

169
570

$

$

(18,772) $
—

(18,772) $
— $

— $

—
— $

— $

—

— $
— $

401

169
570

(20,438)
—

(20,438)
—

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

104

44
148

$

$

(352) $
(75)
(427) $

— $

9,821

596
10,417

$

$

(5,685) $
(472)
(6,157) $

— $

—
— $

— $

—
— $

— $

(1,328) $

9,925

640
10,565

(6,037)
(547)
(6,584)

(1,328)

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

$

$

$

We had no transfers of assets or liabilities between any of the above levels during the years ended December 31, 
2019, 2018 and 2017.

Our derivative contracts include exchange-traded contracts valued utilizing readily available quoted market prices 
and non-exchange-traded contracts valued using market price quotations available through brokers or over-the-
counter and on-line exchanges. In addition, in determining the fair value of our derivative contracts, we apply a 
credit risk valuation adjustment to reflect credit risk, which is calculated based on our or the counterparty’s 
historical credit risks. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the credit risk valuation adjustment was a gain of $0.2 
million and zero, respectively.

The contingent payment arrangements referred to above reflect estimated earnout obligations incurred in relation to 
our acquisition of the Major Energy Companies in 2016.

Contingent Payment Arrangements 

The following tables present a roll forward of our contingent payment arrangements, which are measured at fair 
value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

101

 
 
 
 
Fair Value at December 31, 2017

Change in fair value of contingent consideration, net

Payments and settlements
Fair Value at December 31, 2018

Transfer
Fair Value at December 31, 2019

Major Earnout and 
Stock Earnout 

$

$

$

$

4,650
(1,715)
(1,607)
1,328
(1,328)
—

The Major Earnout is based on the achievement by the Major Energy Companies of certain performance targets 
over a 33 month period following the date our affiliate acquired the Major Energy Companies and ended on 
December 31, 2018. Under the Earnout provisions, the previous members of Major Energy Companies were 
entitled to a maximum of $20.0 million in earnout payments based on the level of performance targets attained, as 
defined by the Major Purchase Agreement. The Stock Earnout obligation was contingent upon the Major Energy 
Companies achieving the Major Earnout's performance target ceiling, thereby earning the maximum Major Earnout 
payments. If the Major Energy Companies earned such maximum Major Earnout payments, NG&E would be 
entitled to additional consideration up to a maximum of 400,000 shares of Class B common stock (and a 
corresponding number of Spark HoldCo units). In determining the fair value of the Major Earnout and the Stock 
Earnout, we forecasted certain expected performance targets and calculated the probability of such forecast being 
attained. The impact of the fair value decreases for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were recorded in 
general and administrative expenses. The $1.3 million has not been paid as of December 31, 2019 due to ongoing 
litigation with the Major sellers. It was transferred to accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2019, as discussed 
further in Note 14 "Commitments and Contingencies." 

12. Stock-Based Compensation 

Restricted Stock Units

We maintain a Long-Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP") for employees, consultants and directors of the Company and its 
affiliates who perform services for the Company. The purpose of the LTIP is to provide a means to attract and retain 
individuals to serve as directors, employees and consultants who provide services to the Company by affording such 
individuals a means to acquire and maintain ownership of awards, the value of which is tied to the performance of 
the Company’s Class A common stock. The LTIP provides for grants of cash payments, stock options, stock 
appreciation rights, restricted stock or units, bonus stock, dividend equivalents, and other stock-based awards with 
the total number of shares of stock available for issuance under the LTIP not to exceed 2,750,000 shares.

Restricted stock units granted to our officers, employees, non-employee directors and certain employees of our 
affiliates who perform services for the Company vest over approximately one year for non-employee directors and 
ratably over approximately one to four years for officers, employees, and employees of affiliates, with the initial 
vesting date occurring in May of the subsequent year. Each restricted stock unit is entitled to receive a dividend 
equivalent when dividends are declared and distributed to shareholders of Class A common stock. These dividend 
equivalents are retained by the Company, reinvested in additional restricted stock units effective as of the record 
date of such dividends and vested upon the same schedule as the underlying restricted stock unit. 

The Company measures the cost of awards classified as equity awards based on the grant date fair value of the 
award, and the Company measures the cost of awards classified as liability awards at the fair value of the award at 
each reporting period. The Company has utilized an estimated 6% annual forfeiture rate of restricted stock units in 
determining the fair value for all awards excluding those issued to executive level recipients and non-employee 
directors, for which no forfeitures are estimated to occur. The Company has elected to recognize related 
compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the associated vesting periods.  

102

Although the restricted stock units allow for cash settlement of the awards at the sole discretion of management of 
the Company, management intends to settle the awards by issuing shares of the Company’s Class A common stock.

Total stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $5.5 million, 
$5.9 million and $5.1 million. Total income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation recognized in net 
income (loss) was $0.6 million, $0.6 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 
2017. 

Equity Classified Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units issued to employees and officers of the Company are classified as equity awards. The fair 
value of the equity classified restricted stock units is based on the Company’s Class A common stock price as of the 
grant date. The Company recognized stock based compensation expense of $5.0 million, $5.3 million and $2.8 
million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, in general and administrative expense 
with a corresponding increase to additional paid in capital. The following table summarizes equity classified 
restricted stock unit activity and unvested restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2019:

Unvested at December 31, 2018

Granted

Dividend reinvestment issuances

Vested

Forfeited
Unvested at December 31, 2019

Number of Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value

827 $

547

53
(450)
(148)
829 $

10.09

9.53

10.07

9.60

10.72
9.88

For the year ended December 31, 2019, 449,725 restricted stock units vested, with 284,896 shares of Class A 
common stock distributed to the holders of these units and 164,829 shares of Class A common stock withheld by the 
Company to cover taxes owed on the vesting of such units. As of December 31, 2019, there was $5.1 million of 
total unrecognized compensation cost related to the Company’s equity classified restricted stock units, which is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.5 years.

Change in Control Restricted Stock Units

In 2018, the Company granted Change in Control Restricted Stock Units ("CIC RSUs") to certain officers that vest 
upon a "Change in Control", if certain conditions are met. The terms of the CIC RSUs define a "Change in Control" 
to generally mean:

– 

– 

the consummation of an agreement to acquire or tender offer for beneficial ownership by any person, of 
50% or more of the combined voting power of our outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in 
the election of directors, or by any person of 90% or more of the then total outstanding shares of Class A 
common stock;
individuals who constitute the incumbent board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the 
board;

–  consummation of certain reorganizations, mergers or consolidations or a sale or other disposition of all or 

substantially all of our assets;

–  approval by our stockholders of a complete liquidation or dissolution;
–  a public offering or series of public offerings by Retailco and its affiliates, as a selling shareholder group, in 

which their total interest drops below 10 million of our total outstanding voting securities;

–  a disposition by Retailco and its affiliates in which their total interest drops below 10 million of our total 

outstanding voting securities; or

103

–  any other business combination, liquidation event of Retailco and its affiliates or restructuring of us which 
the Compensation Committee deems in its discretion to achieve the principles of a Change in Control.

The equity classified restricted stock unit table above excludes unvested CIC RSUs as the conditions for Change in 
Control have not been met. The Company has not recognized stock compensation expense related to the CIC RSUs 
as the Change in Control conditions have not been met.

Liability Classified Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units issued to non-employee directors of the Company and employees of certain of our affiliates 
are classified as liability awards as the awards are either to a) non-employee directors that allow for the recipient to 
choose net settlement for the amount of withholding taxes dues upon vesting or b) to employees of certain affiliates 
of the Company and are therefore not deemed to be employees of the Company. The fair value of the liability 
classified restricted stock units is based on the Company’s Class A common stock price as of the reported period 
ending date. The Company recognized stock based compensation expense of $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $2.3 
million for years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, in general and administrative expense 
with a corresponding increase to liabilities. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s liabilities related to these 
restricted stock units recorded in current liabilities was $0.2 million. As of December 31, 2018, the Company's 
liabilities related to these restricted stock units recorded in current liabilities was $0.2 million. The following table 
summarizes liability classified restricted stock unit activity and unvested restricted stock units for the year ended 
December 31, 2019:

Unvested at December 31, 2018

Granted

Dividend reinvestment issuances

Vested

Forfeited
Unvested at December 31, 2019

Number of Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted Average Reporting
Date Fair Value

68 $

76

4
(24)
(96)
28 $

7.43

9.23

9.23

10.25

9.27
9.23

For the year ended December 31, 2019, 23,767 restricted stock units vested, with 15,819 shares of Class A common 
stock distributed to the holders of these units and 7,948 shares of Class A common stock withheld by the Company 
to cover taxes owed on the vesting of such units. As of December 31, 2019, there was $0.1 million of total 
unrecognized compensation cost related to the Company’s liability classified restricted stock units, which is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 0.4 years.

13. Income Taxes 

We and our subsidiaries, CenStar and Verde Energy USA, Inc. ("Verde Corp") are each subject to U.S. federal 
income tax as corporations. CenStar and Verde Corp file consolidated tax returns in jurisdictions that allow 
combined reporting. Spark HoldCo and its subsidiaries, with the exception of CenStar and Verde Corp, are treated 
as flow-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and, as such, are generally not subject to U.S. federal 
income tax at the entity level. Rather, the tax liability with respect to their taxable income is passed through to their 
members or partners. Accordingly, we are subject to U.S. federal income taxation on our allocable share of Spark 
HoldCo's net U.S. taxable income. 

In our financial statements, we report federal and state income taxes for our share of the partnership income 
attributable to our ownership in Spark HoldCo and for the income taxes attributable to CenStar and Verde Corp. Net 
income attributable to non-controlling interest includes the provision for income taxes related to CenStar and Verde 
Corp.

104

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing 
assets and liabilities and the tax bases of the assets and liabilities. We apply existing tax law and the tax rate that we 
expect to apply to taxable income in the years in which those differences are expected to be recovered or settled in 
calculating the deferred tax assets and liabilities. Effects of changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are recognized in income in the period of the tax rate enactment. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is not 
more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will be realized.

In December 2017, the President signed the U.S. Tax Reform legislation, which enacted a wide range of changes to 
the U.S. Corporate income tax system. Accordingly, we adjusted the value of our U.S. deferred tax assets and 
liabilities based on the rates at which they are expected to be recognized in the future. For U.S. federal purposes the 
corporate statutory income tax rate was reduced from 35% to 21%, effective for the 2018 tax year. During 2018, we 
completed our analysis of the impact of U.S. Tax Reform based on further guidance provided on the new tax law by 
the U.S. Treasury Department and Internal Revenue Service, with no material changes from our assessment 
performed as of December 31, 2017.

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 included the following 
components: 

(in thousands)
Current:
Federal
State
Total Current

Deferred:
Federal
State
 Total Deferred
Provision for income taxes

2019

2018

2017

  $

  $

10,511
3,675
14,186

(4,668)
(2,261)
(6,929)
7,257

$

$

3,862
1,099
4,961

(2,792)
(92)
(2,884)
2,077

$

$

6,992
1,952
8,944

27,820
2,001
29,821
38,765

The effective income tax rate was 34%, (17)%, and 34%  for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, 
respectively. The following table reconciles the income tax benefit that would result from application of the statutory 
federal tax rate, 21%, 21%, and 35% for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 respectively, to the 
amount included in the consolidated statement of operations:

(in thousands)
Expected provision at federal statutory rate
(Decrease) increase resulting from:

Non-controlling interest
Class A Preferred Stock dividends
Impact of U.S. Tax Reform
Intra-entity transfer of customer contracts
State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect
Prior year true-up
Non-deductible expenses
Other

2019

2018

2017

$

4,509

$

(2,586)

$

39,833

(1,329)
1,341
—
—
1,382
1,060
256
38
7,257

$

1,738
1,579
—
473
428
(31)
256
220
2,077

$

(19,810)
1,758
14,454
—
2,569
—
234
(273)
38,765

Provision for income taxes

$

Total income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 differed from amounts computed by 
applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rates to pre-tax income primarily due to state income taxes and the impact of 
permanent differences between book and taxable income, most notably the income attributable to non-controlling 
interest, which gets taxed at the non-controlling interest partner level. The effective rate in 2017 was also impacted 

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
by the enactment of U.S. Tax Reform. Since we were in a net deferred tax asset position, the rate reduced our 
overall asset having an unfavorable effect on tax expense.

The components of our deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: 

(in thousands)
Deferred Tax Assets:

Investment in Spark HoldCo
Benefit of TRA Liability
State net operating loss carryforward
Derivative Liabilities
Other

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities
Intangibles
Property and equipment

 Total deferred tax liabilities
Total deferred tax assets/liabilities

2019

2018

28,671 $
—
140
1,669
220
30,700

—
(808)
(27)
(835)
29,865 $

22,251
7,016
—
—
78
29,345

(715)
(849)
(460)
(2,024)
27,321

$

$

The benefit of the TRA Liability as of December 31, 2018 related to the step up in tax basis resulting from the 
purchase by the Company of Spark HoldCo units from our Founder at the time of our IPO. Subsequent issuances of 
Series A common stock, exchanges of Series A Common Stock for Series B Shares and vesting of incentive stock 
compensation since our IPO also resulted in step ups in the basis of our stock similarly resulting in a liability under 
our Tax Receivable Agreement prior to it being settled in July 2019. As a result of the settlement, there is no 
outstanding liability as of December 31, 2019. For the period ending December 31, 2018, we had a current liability 
of $1.7 million and a long-term liability of $25.9 million to reflect the obligation under the Tax Receivable 
Agreement. See Note 15 "Transactions with Affiliates" for further discussion.

We periodically assess whether it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient taxable income to realize 
our deferred income tax assets. In making this determination, we consider all available positive and negative 
evidence and makes certain assumptions. We consider, among other things, our deferred tax liabilities, the overall 
business environment, our historical earnings and losses, current industry trends, and our outlook for future years. 
We believe it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will be utilized, and accordingly have not recorded 
a valuation allowance on these assets.

The tax years 2013 through 2017 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which the 
Company is subject to income tax. An affiliate owned by our Founder would be responsible for any audit 
adjustments incurred in connection with transactions occurring prior to July 2014 for Spark Energy, Inc. and Spark 
HoldCo.

Accounting for uncertainty in income taxes prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement methodology for 
the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. 
As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 there was no liability, and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 
2017, there was no expense recorded for interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions or 
unrecognized tax positions. Additionally, the Company does not have unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 
2019 and 2018.

14. Commitments and Contingencies 

106

From time to time, we may be involved in legal, tax, regulatory and other proceedings in the ordinary course of 
business. Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation or other sources are recorded 
when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

Legal Proceedings

Below is a summary of our currently pending material legal proceedings. We are subject to lawsuits and claims 
arising in the ordinary course of our business. The following legal proceedings are in various stages and are subject 
to substantial uncertainties concerning the outcome of material factual and legal issues. Accordingly, unless 
otherwise specifically noted, we cannot currently predict the manner and timing of the resolutions of these legal 
proceedings or estimate a range of possible losses or a minimum loss that could result from an adverse verdict in a 
potential lawsuit. While the lawsuits and claims are asserted for amounts that may be material should an 
unfavorable outcome occur, management does not currently expect that any currently pending matters will have a 
material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Consumer Rate Lawsuits

The Company, like other ESCOs in the industry, is subject to several class actions in various jurisdictions where the 
Company sells energy, such actions alleging consumers paid higher rates than they would have if they stayed with 
the default utility.

Janet Rolland, et al v. Spark Energy, LLC is a purported class action originally filed on April 19, 2017 in the United 
States District Court for the District of New Jersey alleging that Spark Energy, LLC charged a variable rate that was 
higher than permitted by its terms of service, resulting in breach of contract and violation of the duty of good faith 
and fair dealing.  Plaintiffs alleged claims under the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act and Illinois Consumer Fraud 
and Deceptive Business Practices Act. The case seeks to certify a putative nationwide class of all Spark variable 
rate electricity customers from April 19, 2011 to the present. The relief sought includes unspecified actual damages, 
refunds, treble damages and punitive damages for the putative class, injunctive relief, attorneys’ fees and costs of 
suit. Spark obtained dismissal with prejudice of the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act claim and has sought 
dismissal of the Illinois Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Business Practices Act claim and other claims. Discovery is 
ongoing in this matter. Spark denies the allegations asserted by Plaintiffs and intends to vigorously defend this 
matter. Given the ongoing discovery and current stage of this matter, we cannot predict the outcome of this case at 
this time.

Katherine Veilleux, et. al. v. Electricity Maine LLC, Provider Power, LLC, Spark HoldCo, LLC, Kevin Dean, and 
Emile Clavet is a purported class action lawsuit filed on November 18, 2016 in the United States District Court of 
Maine, alleging that Electricity Maine, LLC ("Electricity Maine"), an entity acquired by Spark Holdco in mid-2016, 
enrolled customers and conducted advertising, and promotions not in compliance with law. Plaintiffs seek damages 
for themselves and the purported class, injunctive relief, restitution, and attorneys' fees. The parties are completing a 
settlement agreement and will present such Agreement to the court for approval, which we expect the court to 
review in second quarter of 2020.

Gillis et al. v. Respond Power, LLC is a purported class action lawsuit that was originally filed on May 21, 2014 in 
the Philadelphia Court of Common Pleas but was later removed to the United States District Court for the Eastern 
District of Pennsylvania. On July 16, 2018, the district court granted Respond Power LLC's motion to dismiss the 
Plaintiff’s class action claims. Plaintiffs filed their notice of appeal to the Third Circuit Court on August 7, 2018. 
The Third Circuit ruled in favor of Respond Power on February 3, 2019. Barring an appeal to the Supreme Court of 
United States, this matter has been resolved in Respond Power's favor.

Jurich v. Verde Energy USA, Inc. is a class action originally filed on March 3, 2015 in the United States District 
Court for the District of Connecticut and subsequently re-filed on October 8, 2015 in the Superior Court of Judicial 
District of Hartford, State of Connecticut. The Amended Complaint asserts that the Verde Companies charged rates 
in violation of its contracts with Connecticut customers and alleges (i) violation of the Connecticut Unfair Trade 

107

Practices Act, Conn. Gen. Stat. §§ 42-110a et seq., and (ii) breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing. 
Plaintiffs are seeking unspecified actual and punitive damages for the class and injunctive relief. As part of an 
agreement in connection with the acquisition of the Verde Companies, the original owners of the Verde Companies 
are handling this matter. The parties have reached a class settlement in this matter, which has received final court 
approval, and an order of dismissal on February 24, 2020. Settlement claims’ administration is continuing. The 
Company believes it has full indemnity coverage, net of tax benefit, for any actual exposure in this case at this time.

Telemarketing Lawsuits

Albrecht v. Oasis Power, LLC is a putative nationwide class action that was filed on February 12, 2018 in the United 
States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, alleging that Oasis made illegal prerecorded telemarketing 
calls, including auto-dialed calls, to consumers’ mobile phones, in violation of the Telephone Consumer Protection 
Act ("TCPA") and the Illinois Automatic Telephone Dialers Act ("ATDA"). Plaintiff sought an injunction requiring 
Oasis to cease all unsolicited calling activities, an award of statutory and trebled damages under the TCPA and the 
ATDA, as well as costs and attorney’s fees. The parties have reached a class settlement on behalf of Oasis and other 
affiliated brands in the amount of $7.0 million, which received final court approval on February 6, 2020. Settlement 
claims’ administration has commenced.

Richardson et. al. v. Verde Energy USA, Inc. is a purported class action filed on November 25, 2015 in the United 
States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania alleging that the Verde Companies violated the 
Telephone Consumer Protection Act ("TCPA") by placing marketing calls using an automatic telephone dialing 
system ("ATDS") or a prerecorded voice to the purported class members’ cellular phones without prior express 
consent and by continuing to make such calls after receiving requests for the calls to cease. Following discovery 
and dispositive motions, the Verde Companies received a favorable ruling on summary judgment with the court 
agreeing with the Verde Companies that the call system used in this case was not an ATDS as defined by the TCPA. 
Plaintiffs subsequently amended their petition eliminating their ATDS claim and including a class based on failure 
to comply with the National Do Not Call registry. As part of an agreement in connection with the acquisition of the 
Verde Companies, the original owners of the Verde Companies are handling this matter. The parties reached a 
settlement in this matter. On January 17, 2020, the court approved the Parties’ preliminary settlement and settlement 
claims’ administration has commenced. The Company believes it has full indemnity coverage, net of tax benefit, for 
the settlement exposure in this case.

Corporate Matter Lawsuits

Saul Horowitz, as Sellers’ Representative for the former owners of the Major Energy Companies v. National Gas & 
Electric, LLC ("NG&E") and Spark Energy, Inc., is a lawsuit filed on October 17, 2017 in the United States District 
Court for the Southern District of New York asserting claims of fraudulent inducement against NG&E, breach of 
contract against NG&E and Spark, and tortious interference with contract against Spark related to a membership 
interest purchase agreement, subsequent dropdown, and associated earnout agreements with the Major Energy 
Companies' former owners. The relief sought includes unspecified compensatory and punitive damages, 
prejudgment and post-judgment interest, and attorneys’ fees. On September 24, 2018, the court granted Defendants’ 
motion to dismiss in part and dismissed Plaintiffs’ fraudulent inducement claims. NG&E and Spark filed their 
affirmative defenses and answer to the remaining claims on October 15, 2018. On January 14, 2019, Plaintiffs filed 
a Motion for Partial Summary Judgment, which was subsequently denied by the Court on May 8, 2019. On March 
25, 2019, Spark and NG&E filed a Motion for Sanctions in connection with deletion of electronically stored data by 
plaintiff Saul Horowitz and co-seller Mark Wiederman after receiving a litigation hold notice, which the Court 
granted in part on May 8, 2019, including an award of attorneys' fees and costs to Spark and NG&E in connection 
with the Motion for Sanctions. On June 7, 2019, the parties jointly filed a letter agreement with the Court 
confirming plaintiff’s payment of fees and costs, including costs associated with forensic analysis, in the amount of 
less than $0.1 million to Spark and NG&E in connection with the Court’s ruling on their Motion for Sanctions. This 
case is set for trial to commence on March 2, 2020. Spark and NG&E deny the allegations asserted by Plaintiffs and 
intend to vigorously defend this matter.

108

Regulatory Matters

Many state regulators have increased scrutiny on retail energy providers, across all industry providers. We are 
subject to regular regulatory inquiries and preliminary investigations in the ordinary course of our business. Below 
is a summary of our currently pending material state regulatory matters. The following state regulatory matters are 
in various stages and are subject to substantial uncertainties concerning the outcome of material factual and legal 
issues. Accordingly, we cannot currently predict the manner and timing of the resolution of these state regulatory 
matters or estimate a range of possible losses or a minimum loss that could result from an adverse action.  
Management does not currently expect that any currently pending state regulatory matters will have a material 
adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Connecticut. Spark Energy, LLC ("SE LLC") has been working with the Connecticut Public Utilities Regulatory 
Authority ("PURA") regarding compliance with requirements implemented in 2016 that customer bills include any 
changes to existing rates effective for the next billing cycle. SE LLC and other ESCOs in Connecticut have agreed 
to submit to a proceeding offering amnesty to ESCOs that self-report violations and offer to voluntarily remit 
refunds to customers. Spark has remitted its report of potential customers who would be eligible for refunds under 
the amnesty program and submitted its confidential settlement proposal along with SE LLC’s commitment, subject 
to certain conditions.  SE LLC is awaiting PURA’s completion of a review and audit process after which SE LLC 
expects PURA to issue a final decision on SE LLC’s offer of amnesty.  

Illinois. The Illinois Attorney General brought action against Major Energy Electric Services, LLC ("Major") for 
injunctive and other relief asserting claims that Major engaged in a pattern and practice of non-compliance with law 
through door-to-door and telephone solicitations, in-person solicitations at retail establishments, advertisements on 
its website and direct mail advertisements to sign up for electricity services. The complaint seeks injunctive relief 
and monetary damages representing the amounts Illinois consumers have allegedly lost due to such non-compliant 
marketing activities. The Attorney General also requested civil penalties. The parties resolved this matter on August 
16, 2019. A final judgment and consent decree was entered into, which included Major paying $2.0 million in 
refunds to consumers, and $0.1 million as a voluntary contribution to the Illinois Attorney General's Office. The 
settlement also included a number of injunctive and reporting provisions with which Major must comply. Major has 
made the refund payment.  

In a separate matter, Spark Energy, LLC received a verbal inquiry from the Illinois Commerce Commission ("ICC") 
and the Illinois Attorney General ("IAG") on January 1, 2020 seeking to understand an increase in complaints from 
Illinois consumers. The Company met with the ICC and the IAG in February 2020 and plan to discuss a compliance 
plan to ensure its sales are in compliance with Illinois regulations. The parties also discussed possible restitution 
payments to any customers impacted by sales not in compliance with Illinois regulations.

Maine. In early 2018, Staff of the Maine Public Utilities Commission (“Maine PUC”) issued letters to Electricity 
Maine seeking information about customer complaints principally associated with door-to-door (“D2D”) sales 
practices.  In late July 2018, the Maine PUC issued an Order to Show Cause to which Electricity Maine filed a 
detailed response in mid-August 2018.  After a lengthy period of inactivity, the Commission scheduled a procedural 
conference in early 2019 that resulted in no intervenors other than participation as a party by the Maine Office of 
Public Advocate. At the conference, the parties agreed on a procedural schedule, including a one-day evidentiary 
hearing. Following post-hearing discovery, Initial and Reply Briefs were filed on August 30, 2019 and September 
10, 2019, respectively. The parties are awaiting a proposed ruling from the Maine PUC hearing examiner, after 
which point the parties can either accept the ruling or take exception and argue the merits before the Maine PUC 
Commissioners. While investigations of this nature may be resolved in a manner that allows the retail energy 
supplier to continue operating in Maine with stipulations, there can be no assurances that Maine PUC will not take 
more severe action.

New York. Prior to the purchase of Major Energy by the Company, in 2015, Major Energy Services, LLC and Major 
Energy Electric Services were contacted by the Attorney General, Bureau of Consumer Frauds & Protection for 
State of New York relating to their marketing practices. Major Energy has exchanged information in response to 
various requests from the Attorney General. The Parties are in settlement negotiations at this time. While 

109

investigations of this nature may be resolved in a manner that allows the retail energy supplier to continue operating 
in New York with stipulations, there can be no assurances that the New York Attorney General will not take more 
severe action. 

Ohio. Verde Energy USA Ohio, LLC (“Verde Ohio”) is the subject of a formal investigation by the Public Utilities 
Commission of Ohio (“PUCO”) initiated on April 16, 2019. The investigation asserts that Verde Ohio may have 
violated Ohio’s retail energy supplier regulations.  Verde Ohio voluntary suspended door-to-door marketing in Ohio 
in furtherance of settlement negotiations with the PUCO Staff. On September 6, 2019, Verde Ohio and PUCO Staff 
executed and filed with PUCO a Joint Stipulation and Recommendation for PUCO’s review and approval which 
sets forth agreed settlement terms, which includes a $1.7 million settlement amount. If approved by PUCO, the 
Joint Stipulation and Recommendation would resolve all of the issues raised in the investigation. In addition, in 
September of 2019, the Ohio Attorney General (“OAG”) alleged that Verde Ohio had violated its Consumer Sales 
Practice Act and Do Not Call regulations. Verde Ohio is cooperating and responding to the OAG’s document 
requests; however, at this time, the Company cannot predict the outcome of this matter.   

Pennsylvania. Verde Energy USA, Inc. (“Verde”) is the subject of a formal investigation by the Pennsylvania Public 
Utility Commission, Bureau of Investigation and Enforcement (“PPUC”) initiated on January 30, 2020. The 
investigation asserts that Verde may have violated Pennsylvania retail energy supplier regulations. The Company 
met with the PPUC in February 2020 to discuss the matter and work with the PPUC cooperatively. Verde is 
cooperating and responding to the PPUC's requests for information. Currently, the Company cannot predict the 
outcome at this time.

Indirect Tax Audits 

We are undergoing various types of indirect tax audits spanning from years 2013 to 2018 for which we may have 
additional liabilities arise. At the time of filing these consolidated financial statements, these indirect tax audits are 
at an early stage and subject to substantial uncertainties concerning the outcome of audit findings and corresponding 
responses.

 As of December 31, 2019, we had accrued $29.2 million related to litigation and regulatory matters and $1.8 
million related to indirect tax audits. The outcome of each of these may result in additional expense.

15. Transactions with Affiliates 

Transactions with Affiliates

We enter into transactions with and pay certain costs on behalf of affiliates that are commonly controlled in order to 
reduce risk, reduce administrative expense, create economies of scale, create strategic alliances and supply goods 
and services to these related parties. We also sell and purchase natural gas and electricity with affiliates. We present 
receivables and payables with the same affiliate on a net basis in the consolidated balance sheets as all affiliate 
activity is with parties under common control. Affiliated transactions include certain services to the affiliated 
companies associated with employee benefits provided through our benefit plans, insurance plans, leased office 
space, administrative salaries, due diligence work, recurring management consulting, and accounting, tax, legal, or 
technology services. Amounts billed are based on the services provided, departmental usage, or headcount, which 
are considered reasonable by management. As such, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include 
costs that have been incurred by us and then directly billed or allocated to affiliates, as well as costs that have been 
incurred by our affiliates and then directly billed or allocated to us, and are recorded net in general and 
administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations with a corresponding accounts receivable—
affiliates or accounts payable—affiliates, respectively, recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. Transactions 
with affiliates for sales or purchases of natural gas and electricity, are recorded in retail revenues, retail cost of 
revenues, and net asset optimization revenues in the consolidated statements of operations with a corresponding 
accounts receivable—affiliate or accounts payable—affiliate recorded in the consolidated balance sheets.

Master Service Agreement with Retailco Services, LLC 

110

Prior to April 1, 2018, we were a party to a Master Service Agreement with an affiliated company owned by our 
Founder. The Master Service Agreement provided us with operational support services such as: enrollment and 
renewal transaction services; customer billing and transaction services; electronic payment processing services; 
customer service, and information technology infrastructure and application support services. Effective April 1, 
2018, we terminated the agreement, and these operational support services were transferred back to us. See "Cost 
Allocations" below for further discussion of the fees paid to affiliates during the years ended December 31, 2019, 
2018, and 2017 respectively.

Cost Allocations

Where costs incurred on behalf of the affiliate or us cannot be determined by specific identification for direct 
billing, the costs are allocated to the affiliated entities or us based on estimates of percentage of departmental usage, 
wages or headcount. The total net amount direct billed and allocated (to)/from affiliates was $(0.7) million, $10.3 
million and $25.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Of the amounts directly billed and allocated from affiliates, we recorded general and administrative expense of zero, 
$5.9 million, and $22.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Additionally, 
we capitalized zero, 0.5 million, and $0.7 million of property and equipment for the application, development and 
implementation of various systems during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Accounts Receivable and Payable—Affiliates

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had current accounts receivable—affiliates of $2.0 million and $2.6 
million, respectively, and current accounts payable—affiliates of $1.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively.

Revenues and Cost of Revenues—Affiliates

Revenues recorded in net asset optimization revenues in the consolidated statements of operations for the years 
ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 related to affiliated sales were $2.4 million, $2.4 million, and $1.3 
million, respectively, and cost of revenues recorded in net asset optimization revenues in the consolidated 
statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 related to affiliated purchases were 
$0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. These amounts are presented as net on the Consolidated 
Statements of Operations.

Acquisitions from Related Parties

In 2017, we acquired Perigee from our affiliate, NG&E, for total consideration of approximately $4.1 million. 

In connection with the Major Energy Companies acquisition, we issued 4,000,000 shares of Class B common stock 
(and a corresponding number of Spark HoldCo units) to NG&E, valued at $40.0 million. In connection with the 
financing of the Provider Companies acquisition, we issued 1,399,484 shares of Class B common stock (and a 
corresponding number of Spark HoldCo units) to RetailCo, valued at $14.0 million. 

In March 2018, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with an affiliate to acquire up to 50,000 RCEs for a 
cash purchase price of $250 for each RCE, or up to $12.5 million in the aggregate. A total of $8.8 million was paid 
in 2018 under the terms of the purchase agreement for approximately 35,000 RCEs, and no further material 
payments are anticipated. The acquisition was treated as a transfer of assets between entities under common control, 
and accordingly, the assets were recorded at their historical value at the date of transfer. The transaction resulted 
in less than $0.1 million and $7.1 million recorded in equity as a net distribution to affiliate as of December 31, 
2019 and 2018, respectively.

Distributions to and Contributions from Affiliates 

111

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we made distributions to affiliates of our Founder of 
$15.1 million, $15.5 million and $15.6 million, respectively, for payments of quarterly distributions on their 
respective Spark HoldCo units. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we also made 
distributions to these affiliates for gross-up distributions of $19.7 million, $16.5 million, and $18.2 million, 
respectively, in connection with distributions made between Spark HoldCo and Spark Energy, Inc. for payment of 
income taxes incurred by us and settlement of the TRA.

Proceeds from Disgorgement of Stockholder Short-swing Profits 

During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we recorded $0.1 million, zero, and $0.7 million, 
respectively, for the disgorgement of stockholder short-swing profits under Section 16(b) under the Exchange Act. 
The amount was recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital in our consolidated balance sheet as of 
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. We received $0.5 million cash during the year ended December 31, 2017 and 
received $0.2 million cash in February 2018.

 Subordinated Debt Facility 

In June 2019, we and Spark HoldCo entered into a Subordinated Debt Facility with an affiliate owned by our 
Founder, which allows the Company to borrow up to $25.0 million. The Subordinated Debt Facility allows us to 
draw advances in increments of no less than $1.0 million per advance up to the maximum principal amount of the 
Subordinated Debt Facility. Advances thereunder accrue interest at 5% per annum from the date of the advance. As 
of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was zero and $10.0 million, respectively, in outstanding borrowings under 
the Subordinated Debt Facility. See Note 10 "Debt" for a further description of terms and conditions of the 
Subordinated Debt Facility.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Prior to July 11, 2019, we were party to a TRA with affiliates. Effective July 11, 2019, the Company entered into a 
TRA Termination and Release Agreement (the “Release Agreement”), which provided for a full and complete 
termination of any further payment, reimbursement or performance obligation of the Company, Retailco and 
NuDevco Retail under the TRA, whether past, accrued or yet to arise. Pursuant to the Release Agreement, the 
Company made a cash payment of approximately $11.2 million on July 15, 2019 to Retailco and NuDevco Retail. 
In connection with the termination of the TRA, Spark HoldCo made a distribution of approximately $16.3 million 
on July 15, 2019 to Retailco and NuDevco Retail under the Spark HoldCo Third Amended and Restated Limited 
Liability Company Agreement, as amended.

The TRA generally provided for the payment by us to affiliates of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. 
federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax that we realized or would realize (or were deemed to realize in 
certain circumstances) in future periods as a result of (i) any tax basis increases resulting from the initial purchase 
by us of Spark HoldCo units from entities owned by our Founder, (ii) any tax basis increases resulting from the 
exchange of Spark HoldCo units for shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the Exchange Right (or resulting 
from an exchange of Spark HoldCo units for cash pursuant to the Cash Option) and (iii) any imputed interest 
deemed to be paid by us as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments we made under the TRA. 
We retained the benefit of the remaining 15% of these tax savings. See Note 13 "Income Taxes" for further 
discussion.

For the four-quarter periods ending September 30, 2016, 2017, and 2018, we met the threshold coverage ratio 
required to fund the payments required under the TRA. Our affiliates, however, granted us the right to defer the 
TRA payment related to the four-quarter period ending September 30, 2016 until May 2018. In April, May, and 
December of 2018, we paid a total of $6.2 million related to our obligations under the TRA for the 2015, 2016, and 
2017 tax years.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had a total liability related to the TRA of zero and $27.6 million, of which 
zero and $1.7 million, respectively, were classified as current liabilities.

112

16. Segment Reporting 

Our determination of reportable business segments considers the strategic operating units under which we make 
financial decisions, allocate resources and assess performance of our business. Our reportable business segments are 
retail electricity and retail natural gas. The retail electricity segment consists of electricity sales and transmission to 
residential and commercial customers. The retail natural gas segment consists of natural gas sales to, and natural 
gas transportation and distribution for, residential and commercial customers. Corporate and other consists of 
expenses and assets of the retail electricity and natural gas segments that are managed at a consolidated level such 
as general and administrative expenses. Asset optimization activities are also included in Corporate and other. 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we recorded asset optimization revenues of $62.8 million, 
$113.7 million and $178.3 million and asset optimization cost of revenues of $60.0 million, $109.2 million and 
$179.0 million, respectively, which are presented on a net basis in asset optimization revenues. 

The acquisitions of Perigee and the Verde Companies in 2017 and the acquisition of HIKO in 2018 had no impact 
on our reportable business segments as the portions of those acquisitions related to retail natural gas and retail 
electricity have been included in those existing business segments.

We use retail gross margin to assess the performance of our operating segments. Retail gross margin is defined as 
operating income (loss) plus (i) depreciation and amortization expenses and (ii) general and administrative 
expenses, less (i) net asset optimization revenues (expenses), (ii) net gains (losses) on non-trading derivative 
instruments, and (iii) net current period cash settlements on non-trading derivative instruments. We deduct net gains 
(losses) on non-trading derivative instruments, excluding current period cash settlements, from the retail gross 
margin calculation in order to remove the non-cash impact of net gains and losses on these derivative instruments. 
Retail gross margin should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, operating income (loss), as 
determined in accordance with GAAP.

Below is a reconciliation of retail gross margin to income (loss) before income tax expense (in thousands):

(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Retail Gross Margin to Income (loss) before taxes
Income (loss) before income tax expense

Change in Tax Receivable Agreement Liability 

Gain on disposal of eRex

Total other income/(expense)

Interest expense

Operating income (loss)

Depreciation and amortization

General and administrative

Less:

Net asset optimization revenue (expenses)

Net, (losses) gain on non-trading derivative instruments

Net, Cash settlements on non-trading derivative instruments

Years Ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

$

21,470

$

—
(4,862)
(1,250)
8,621

23,979
40,987

133,534

2,771
(67,955)
42,944

(12,315) $
—

—
(749)
9,410
(3,654)
52,658

111,431

4,511
(19,571)
(9,614)

113,809
(22,267)
—
(256)
11,134
102,420

42,341

101,127

(717)
5,588

16,508

Retail Gross Margin

$

220,740

$

185,109

$

224,509

Financial data for business segments are as follows (in thousands):

113

 
  
Net asset optimization revenue

—

—

2,771

Net asset optimization expense 

—

—

4,511

Total Revenues

Retail cost of revenues

Less:

Net, Losses on non-trading derivative 
instruments

Current period settlements on non-
trading derivatives
Retail gross margin
Total Assets 
Goodwill

Total Revenues 

Retail cost of revenues
Less:

Net, Losses on non-trading derivative 
instruments

Current period settlements on non-
trading derivatives
Retail gross margin

Total Assets 
Goodwill

Total Revenues

Retail cost of revenues

Less:

Net asset optimization expense 

Net, Gains on non-trading derivative 
instruments

Current period settlements on non-
trading derivatives
Retail gross margin

Total Assets 

Goodwill

Significant Customers

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Retail
Electricity

Retail
Natural Gas

Corporate
and Other

Eliminations Consolidated

$

688,451

$

122,503

$

2,771

$

— $

552,250

62,975

—

(66,180)

(1,775)

—

41,841
160,540
2,524,884

117,813

$
$

$

$
$

$

1,103
60,200
820,601

2,530

$
$

$

—
— $
$

341,411

—
— $
(3,263,928) $

— $

— $

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Retail
Electricity

Retail
Natural Gas

Corporate
and Other

Eliminations Consolidated

$

863,451

$

762,771

$

137,966
82,722

$

4,511
—

— $
—

1,005,928
845,493

—

—

—

—

—

813,725

615,225

2,771

(67,955)

42,944
220,740
422,968

120,343

4,511

(19,571)

(9,614)
185,109
488,738

(15,200)

(4,371)

—

(8,788)
124,668
1,857,790

117,813

$
$

$

$
$

$

(826)
60,441
649,969

2,530

$
$

$

Year Ended December 31, 2017

—
— $
$

361,697

—
— $
(2,380,718) $

— $

— $

120,343

Retail
Electricity

Retail
Natural Gas

Corporate
and Other

Eliminations Consolidated

$

657,566

$

141,206

$

477,012

75,155

—

5,784

—

(196)

(717) $
—

(717)

—

— $

—

—

—

16,302
158,468
1,218,243

117,624

$
$

$

$
$

$

206
66,041
421,896

2,530

$
$

$

—
— $
$

281,176

—
— $
(1,417,574) $

— $

— $

798,055

552,167

(717)

5,588

16,508
224,509
503,741

120,154

114

For each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we did not have any significant customers that 
individually accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated retail revenue.

Significant Suppliers

For each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we had one, two, and two significant suppliers that 
individually accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated retail cost of revenues and net asset optimization 
revenues. For each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, these suppliers accounted for 10%, 28% 
and 20% of our consolidated cost of revenue. 

17. Equity Method Investment 

Investment in eREX Spark Marketing Co., Ltd

Prior to November 2019, we, together with eREX Co., Ltd., a Japanese company, were party to an agreement 
("eREX JV Agreement") for a joint venture, eREX Spark Marketing Co., Ltd ("ESM"). As part of this agreement, 
we made contributions of 156.4 million Japanese Yen, or $1.4 million, for a 20% ownership interest in ESM. We 
were entitled to share in 30% of the dividends distributed by ESM for the first year a qualifying dividend was paid 
and for the subsequent four years thereafter. After this period, dividends were to be distributed proportionately with 
the equity ownership of ESM. ESM's board of directors consists of four directors, one of whom was appointed by 
us. In November 2019, Spark HoldCo, LLC entered into a share purchase agreement with eREX Co., Ltd. In 
accordance with the agreement, Spark HoldCo, LLC sold its shares which represented 20% ownership interest in 
ESM for $8.4 million. The disposal of ESM resulted in a non-recurring gain of $4.9 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2019. Based on our significant influence, as reflected by the 20% equity ownership and 25% control 
of the ESM board of directors, we recorded the investment in ESM as an equity method investment. 

Our investment in ESM was $3.1 million as of December 31, 2018, reflecting contributions made by us through 
December 31, 2018 and our proportionate share of earnings as determined under the HLBV method as of 
December 31, 2018, and recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. There were no basis differences 
between our initial contribution and the underlying net assets of ESM. We recorded our proportionate share of 
ESM's earnings of $0.8 million and $0.5 million in our consolidated statement of operations for the years ended 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

18. Subsequent Events 

Declaration of Dividends

On January 21, 2020, we declared a quarterly dividend of $0.18125 per share to holders of record of our Class A 
common stock on March 2, 2020, which will be paid on March 16, 2020.

We also declared a quarterly cash dividend in the amount of $0.546875 per share to holders of record of the Series 
A Preferred Stock on April 1, 2020. The dividend will be paid on April 15, 2020.

115

Supplemental Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data is as follows:

Total Revenues

Operating income (loss)

Net (loss) income

Net (loss) income attributable to Spark Energy, 
Inc. stockholders 

Net (loss) income attributable to stockholders of 
Class A common stock 

Net (loss) income attributable to Spark Energy, 
Inc. per common share—basic 

Net (loss) income attributable to Spark Energy, 
Inc. per common share—diluted 

Total Revenues

Operating (loss) income 

Net (loss) income 

Net (loss) income attributable to Spark Energy, 
Inc. stockholders

Net (loss) income attributable to stockholders of 
Class A common stock

Net income (loss) attributable to Spark Energy, 
Inc. per common share—basic

Net income (loss) attributable to Spark Energy, 
Inc. per common share—diluted

Quarter Ended

2019

December 31,
2019

September 30,
 2019

June 30, 
2019

March 31, 
2019

(In thousands, except per share data)

$

186,183

$

207,087

$

177,749

$

242,706

633

(724)

(751)

(2,762)

(0.19)

(0.19)

46,095

37,676

15,534

13,508

0.94

0.93

(28,569)

(25,484)

(7,115)

5,820

2,745

782

(9,142)

(1,245)

(0.64)

(0.73)

(0.09)

(0.09)

Quarter Ended
2018

December 31,
2018

September 30,
 2018

June 30, 
2018

March 31, 
2018

(In thousands, except per share data)

$

228,514

$

258,475

$

232,251

$

286,688

25,454

18,827

6,767

4,740

0.35

0.35

28,941

23,927

8,785

6,757

0.51

0.51

(46,254)

(41,831)

(11,105)

(13,132)

(1.00)

(1.04)

(11,795)

(15,315)

(5,633)

(7,660)

0.56

0.58

116

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated 
the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the 
Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required 
to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, 
summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and 
procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be 
disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated 
to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers or persons performing 
similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that 
any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of 
achieving their objectives, and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost benefit relationship 
of possible controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our disclosure controls and 
procedures were effective as of December 31, 2019 at the reasonable assurance level. 

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

See "Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting" under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 
10-K.

Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has provided an attestation report on the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There  was  no  change  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  identified  in  connection  with  the  evaluation 
required  by  Rule  13a-15(d)  and  15d-15(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act  that  occurred  during  the  three  months  ended 
December 31, 2019 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over 
financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

117

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III.

Information as to Item 10 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the 
“Annual Meeting”) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information as to Item 11 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting and is incorporated herein 
by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management, and Related Stockholder 
Matters

Except as provided below, information as to Item 12 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting 
and is incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table shows information about our Class A common stock that may be issued under the Spark 
Energy, Inc. Amended and Restated Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) as of December 31, 2019. 

Plan category

Equity compensation plans approved by the security holders

Equity compensation plans not approved by the security holders

Total

(a) Number of
securities to be
issued upon exercise
of outstanding
options, warrants
and rights (1)

(c) Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a)(2))

1,277,210

—

1,277,210

1,613,364

—

1,613,364

(1) This column reflects the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock that may be issued under outstanding and unvested 
restricted stock units ("RSUs") at December 31, 2019. No stock options or warrants have been granted under the Incentive Plan. 

(2) This column reflects the total number of shares of Class A common stock remaining available for issuance under the LTIP.

The Incentive Plan is the only plan under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance. The Incentive 
Plan was approved by our shareholder prior to our initial public offering and was approved by our public 
shareholders in 2019. Please read Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements, entitled "Stock-Based 
Compensation" for a description of the Incentive Plan.

118

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information as to Item 13 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting and is incorporated herein 
by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information as to Item 14 will be set forth in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting and is incorporated herein 
by reference.

119

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

PART IV.

(1) The consolidated financial statements of Spark Energy, Inc. and its subsidiaries and the report of the 
independent registered public accounting firm are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report. 

(2) All schedules have been omitted because they are not required under the related instructions, are not applicable 
or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or related notes. 

(3) The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this 
Annual Report. 

120

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit

Exhibit Description

2.1#

2.2#

2.3#

2.4#

2.5

2.6#

2.7#

2.8#

3.1

3.2

3.3

Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, by and among 
Spark Energy, Inc., Spark HoldCo, LLC, Provider Power, 
LLC, Kevin B. Dean and Emile L. Clavet, dated as of May 
3, 2016.

Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, by and among 
Spark Energy, Inc., Spark HoldCo, LLC, Retailco, LLC and 
National Gas & Electric, LLC, dated as of May 3, 2016.

Amendment No. 1 to the Membership Interest Purchase 
Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2016, by and among Spark 
Energy, Inc., Spark HoldCo, LLC, Provider Power, LLC, 
Kevin B. Dean and Emile L. Clavet.

Membership Interest and Stock Purchase Agreement, by and 
among Spark Energy, Inc., CenStar Energy Corp. and Verde 
Energy USA Holdings, LLC, dated as of May 5, 2017.

First Amendment to the Membership Interest and Stock 
Purchase Agreement, dated July 1, 2017, by and among 
Spark Energy, Inc., CenStar Energy Corp., and Verde 
Energy USA Holdings, LLC.

Agreement to Terminate Earnout Payments, effective 
January 12, 2018, by and among Spark Energy, Inc., 
CenStar Energy Corp., Woden Holdings, LLC (fka Verde 
Energy USA Holdings, LLC), Verde Energy USA, Inc., 
Thomas FitzGerald, and Anthony Mench.

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 7, 2018, by and 
between Spark HoldCo, LLC and National Gas & Electric, 
LLC

Asset Purchase Agreement by and between Spark HoldCo, 
LLC and Starion Energy Inc., Starion Energy NY Inc. and 
Starion Energy PA Inc., dated October 19, 2018.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Spark 
Energy, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Spark Energy, Inc.

Certificate of Designations of Rights and Preferences of 
8.75% Series A Fixed-to-Floating Rate Cumulative 
Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Stock.

Incorporated by Reference

Form

Exhibit
Number Filing Date

SEC File
No.

10-Q

2.1

5/5/2016

001-36559

10-Q

2.2

5/5/2016

001-36559

8-K

2.1

8/1/2016

001-36559

10-Q

2.4

5/8/2017

001-36559

8-K

2.1

7/6/2017

001-36559

8-K

2.1

1/16/2018

001-36559

10-K

2.7

3/9/2018

001-36559

8-K

2.1

10/25/2018

001-36559

8-K

8-K

3.1

3.2

8/4/2014

001-36559

8/4/2014

001-36559

8-A

5

3/14/2017

001-36559

4.1*

Description of Capital Stock of Spark Energy, Inc.

4.2

4.3

4.4

Class A Common Stock Certificate

S-1

4.1

6/30/2014

333-196375

Convertible Subordinated Promissory Note of Spark 
HoldCo, LLC and Spark Energy, Inc. dated July 8, 2015 
payable to Retailco Acquisition Co, LLC

Convertible Subordinated Promissory Note of Spark 
HoldCo, LLC and Spark Energy, Inc. dated July 31, 2015 
payable to Retailco Acquisition Co, LLC

10-Q

10.8

8/13/2015

001-36559

10-Q

10.9

8/13/2015

001-36559

121

  
4.5

4.6

4.7

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

Promissory Note of CenStar Energy Corp., effective July 1, 
2017, payable to Verde USA Holdings, LLC.

8-K

10.1

7/6/2017

001-36559

Amended and Restated Promissory Note of CenStar Energy 
Corp., effective January 12, 2018, payable to Woden 
Holdings, LLC.

8-K

10.2

1/16/2018

001-36559

Promissory Note of CenStar Energy Corp., effective January 
12, 2018, payable to Woden Holdings, LLC.

8-K

10.1

1/16/2018

001-36559

Credit Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2017, among Spark 
Energy, Inc., Spark HoldCo, LLC, Spark Energy, LLC, 
Spark Energy Gas, LLC, CenStar Energy Corp, CenStar 
Operating Company, LLC, Oasis Power, LLC, Oasis Power 
Holdings, LLC, Electricity Maine, LLC, Electricity N.H., 
LLC, Provider Power Mass, LLC, Major Energy Services 
LLC, Major Energy Electricity Services LLC, Respond 
Power LLC and Perigee Energy, LLC as Co-Borrowers, 
Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as 
Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank and a Bank, and 
Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch and BBVA 
Compass, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Sole Bookrunner, and 
the Other Financial Institutions Signatory Thereto.

Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of 
November 2, 2017, among Spark HoldCo, LLC, Spark 
Energy, LLC, Spark Energy Gas, LLC, CenStar Energy 
Corp, CenStar Operating Company, LLC, Oasis Power, 
LLC, Oasis Electricity Maine, LLC, Electricity N.H., LLC, 
Provider Power Mass, LLC, Major Energy Services, LLC, 
Perigee Energy, LLC, Verde Energy USA, Inc. as Co-
Borrowers.

Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 
17, 2018, by and among Spark Energy, Inc., the Co-
Borrowers, the Banks party thereto, and Brown Borthers 
Harrisman & Co., as existing bank.

Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 
13, 2019, by and among Spark Energy, Inc., the Co-
Borrowers, the Issuing Banks party thereto, Co?peratieve 
Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as agent, and the Banks 
party thereto.

Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2014, by 
and among Spark Energy, Inc., Spark HoldCo LLC, 
NuDevco Retail Holdings, LLC, NuDevco Retail, LLC and 
W. Keith Maxwell III.

8-K

10.1

5/24/2017

001-36559

10-Q

10.1

11/3/2017

001-36559

8-K

10.1

7/20/2018

001-36559

8-K

10.1

6/18/2019

001-36559

8-K

10.2

8/4/2014

001-36559

10.6+

Master Service Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2016, 
by and among Spark HoldCo, LLC, Retailco Services, LLC, 
and NuDevco Retail,. LLC.

10-K

10.6

3/24/2016

001-36559

10.7†

Spark Energy, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan

S-8

4.3

7/31/2014

333-197738

10.8†

Spark Energy, Inc. Amended and Restated Long-Term 
Incentive Plan.

10-Q

10.3

11/10/2016

001-36559

10.9†

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

10.10†

Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit

S-1

S-1

10.4

6/30/2014

333-196375

10.5

6/30/2014

333-196375

10.11†

Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Unit (Change 
in Control Restricted Stock Units).

10-Q

10.5

8/3/2018

001-36559

122

10.12

10.13

10.14†

10.15†

10.16†

10.17†

10.18†

10.19†

10.20†

10.21†

10.22

10.23

10.24†

10.25†

10.26†

10.27†

10.28†

10.29†

10.30†

Spark HoldCo. Third Amended and Restated Limited 
Liability Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2017, by and 
among Spark Energy, Inc., Retailco, LLC and NuDevco 
Retail, LLC.

Amendment No. 1, dated as of January 26, 2018, to Third 
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company 
Agreement of Spark Holdco, LLC.

10-Q

10.1

5/8/2017

001-36559

8-K

10.1

1/26/2018

001-36559

Indemnification Agreement, dated August 1, 2014, by and 
between Spark Energy, Inc. and W. Keith Maxwell III.

8-K

10.5

8/4/2014

001-36559

Indemnification Agreement, dated August 1, 2014, by and 
between Spark Energy, Inc. and Nathan Kroeker.

8-K

10.6

8/4/2014

001-36559

Indemnification Agreement, dated August 1, 2014, by and 
between Spark Energy, Inc. and Gil Melman.

8-K

10.9

8/4/2014

001-36559

Indemnification Agreement, dated August 1, 2014, by and 
between Spark Energy, Inc. and James G. Jones II.

8-K

10.10

8/4/2014

001-36559

Indemnification Agreement, dated August 1, 2014, by and 
between Spark Energy, Inc. and Kenneth M. Hartwick.

8-K

10.12

8/4/2014

001-36559

Indemnification Agreement, dated May 25, 2016, by and 
between Spark Energy, Inc. and Jason Garrett.

8-K

10.2

5/27/2016

001-36559

Indemnification Agreement, dated May 25, 2016, by and 
between Spark Energy, Inc. and Nick W. Evans, Jr.

8-K

10.1

5/27/2016

001-36559

Indemnification Agreement, dated June 2, 2016, by and 
between Spark Energy, Inc. and Robert Lane.

8-K

10.3

6/3/2016

001-36559

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2014, 
by and among Spark Energy, Inc., NuDevco Retail 
Holdings, LLC and NuDevco Retail LLC.

Transaction Agreement II, dated as of July 30, 2014, by and 
among Spark Energy, Inc., Spark HoldCo, LLC, NuDevco 
Retail LLC, NuDevco Retail Holdings, LLC, Spark Energy 
Ventures, LLC, NuDevco Partners Holdings, LLC and 
Associated Energy Services, LP.

8-K

10.4

8/4/2014

001-36559

8-K

4.1

8/4/2014

001-36559

Employment Agreement, dated April 15, 2015, by and 
between Spark Energy, Inc. and Nathan Kroeker.

8-K

10.1

4/20/2015

001-36559

Employment Agreement, dated April 15, 2015, by and 
between Spark Energy, Inc. and Gil Melman.

8-K

10.4

4/20/2015

001-36559

Employment Agreement, dated August 3, 2015, by and 
between Spark Energy, Inc. and Jason Garrett.

8-K

10.1

8/4/2015

001-36559

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 
2, 2016, by and between Spark Energy, Inc. and Robert 
Lane.

8-K

10.1

6/3/2016

001-36559

Amended Employment Agreement between Spark Energy, 
Inc. and Nathan Kroeker dated August 1, 2018.

10-Q

10.2

8/3/2018

001-36559

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between 
Spark Energy, Inc. and Jason Garrett dated August 1, 2018.

10-Q

10.3

8/3/2018

001-36559

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between 
Spark Energy, Inc. and Gil Melman dated August 1, 2018.

10-Q

10.4

8/3/2018

001-36559

123

10.31†

10.32

Transition and Resignation Agreement and Mutual Release 
of Claims, by and between Spark Energy, Inc. and Gil 
Melman, dated December 13, 2018.

Termination Agreement, dated March 7, 2018, by and 
among Spark HoldCo, LLC, Retailco Services, LLC and 
NuDevco Retail, LLC.

10-Q

10.1

12/14/2018

001-36559

10-K

10.43

3/9/2018

001-36559

10.33†

Spark Energy, Inc. Second Amended and Restated Long 
Term Incentive Plan. 

8-K

10.1

5/23/2019

001-36559

10.34

Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note of 
Spark HoldCo, LLC and Spark Energy, Inc., dated June 13, 
2019.

8-K

10.2

6/18/2019

001-36559

10.35†

Employment Agreement, dated June 14, 2019, by and 
between Spark Energy, Inc. and James G. Jones II.

8-K

10.3

6/18/2019

001-36559

10.36

TRA Termination and Release Agreement, dated July 11, 
2019, by and among Spark Energy, Inc., Spark HoldCo, 
LLC, Retailco, LLC, NuDevco Retail, LLC and W. Keith 
Maxwell III.

8-K

10.1

7/17/2019

001-36559

10.37 †

Indemnification Agreement, dated August 29, 2019, by and 
among Spark Energy, Inc. and Amanda Bush

8-K

10.1

8/30/2019

001-36559

10.38

16.1

21.1*

23.1*

Transition and Resignation Agreement and Mutual Release 
of Claims, by and between Spark Energy, Inc. and Jason 
Garrett, dated September 25, 2019

8-K

10.1

9/27/2019

001-36559

Letter of KPMG LLP, dated August 16, 2018 to the SEC 

8-K

16.1

8/16/2018

001-36559

List of Subsidiaries of Spark Energy, Inc.

Consent of EY

23.2 *

Consent of KPMG

31.1*

31.2*

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 
13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 
13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

32**

Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

101.INS* XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH* XBRL Schema Document.

101.CAL* XBRL Calculation Document.

101.LAB* XBRL Labels Linkbase Document.

101.PRE* XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF* XBRL Definition Linkbase Document.

* Filed herewith
** Furnished herewith
† Compensatory plan or arrangement

124

+ Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the SEC pursuant to an order granting 
confidential treatment.
# The registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule to the Commission upon request.

125

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

Pursuant to the requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant 
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

March 5, 2020

Spark Energy, Inc.
By:

 /s/  James G. Jones II
James G. Jones II
Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities indicated on March 5, 2020:

By:

 /s/  Nathan Kroeker
Nathan Kroeker
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 /s/  W. Keith Maxwell III
W. Keith Maxwell III
Chairman of the Board of Directors,
Director

 /s/  James G. Jones II
James G. Jones II
Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)

 /s/  Nick Evans Jr.
Nick Evans Jr.
Director

 /s/  Kenneth M. Hartwick
Kenneth M. Hartwick
Director

 /s/  Amanda Bush
Amanda Bush
Director

126

[This page intentionally left blank] 

[This page intentionally left blank] 

Our Service 

Territory

 
Company Information 

Corporate Headquarters 

12140 Wickchester Lane, Suite 100 
Houston, Texas 77079 
http://ir.sparkenergy.com/ 

Investor Relations Contact 

Mike Barajas 
ir@sparkenergy.com 
832-200-3727

NASDAQ:  "SPKE" - Class A Common Stock 
NASDAQ:  "SPKEP" - Series A Preferred Stock

W. Keith Maxwell III
Interim Chief Executive Officer

James Jones II
Chief Financial Officer 

Kevin McMinn
Chief Operating Officer

Board Of Directors 

W. Keith Maxwell Ill
Chairman of the Board

Amanda Bush 
Independent Director and Audit Committee Chairman

Kenneth M.  Hartwick 
Independent Director and 
Compensation Committee Chairman

Nick W. Evans Jr. 
Independent Director and Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee Chairman 

FORWARD-LOOKING 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING 
STATEMENTS 
We have made in this report, 
and may from time to time otherwise 
forward-looking 
concerning 
the use of forward-looking 
terminology 
future 
discuss 
These statements 
information. 
"forward-looking" 
that such expectations 
give no assurance 

"may," 
contain 
expectations, 

our operations, 
including 

we believe 
will be realized. 

economic 
"will," 

statements 

Although 

projections 

"believe," 
of results 

make in other public 
performance 
"expect," 

and financial 
"anticipate," 

condition. 
"estimate," 

filings, 

press releases 

and discussions 

by management, 
by 

can be identified 

These statements 
"continue," 
or include 
statements 

or other similar 
other 

condition 

words. 

of operations 

or financial 

that the expectations 

reflected 

in such forward-looking 

are reasonable, 

we can 

These forward-looking 
expectations 
December 

include, but are not limited 

statements 

31, 2019, filed with the United States Securities 

and Exchange Commission. 

involve 

Important 
risks and uncertainties. 

factors 

that could cause actual 

results 

from our 
to differ materially 

to, the risks and uncertainties outlined 

in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended